defrem.h File Reference

#include "access/stratnum.h"
#include "catalog/objectaddress.h"
#include "nodes/params.h"
#include "parser/parse_node.h"
#include "tcop/dest.h"
#include "utils/array.h"

Include dependency graph for defrem.h:

This graph shows which files directly or indirectly include this file:

Go to the source code of this file.

Functions
void	RemoveObjects (DropStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	DefineIndex (Oid tableId, IndexStmt *stmt, Oid indexRelationId, Oid parentIndexId, Oid parentConstraintId, int total_parts, bool is_alter_table, bool check_rights, bool check_not_in_use, bool skip_build, bool quiet)
void	ExecReindex (ParseState *pstate, const ReindexStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel)
char *	makeObjectName (const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label)
char *	ChooseRelationName (const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label, Oid namespaceid, bool isconstraint)
bool	CheckIndexCompatible (Oid oldId, const char *accessMethodName, const List *attributeList, const List *exclusionOpNames, bool isWithoutOverlaps)
Oid	GetDefaultOpClass (Oid type_id, Oid am_id)
Oid	ResolveOpClass (const List *opclass, Oid attrType, const char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId)
void	GetOperatorFromWellKnownStrategy (Oid opclass, Oid rhstype, Oid *opid, StrategyNumber *strat)
ObjectAddress	CreateFunction (ParseState *pstate, CreateFunctionStmt *stmt)
void	RemoveFunctionById (Oid funcOid)
ObjectAddress	AlterFunction (ParseState *pstate, AlterFunctionStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	CreateCast (CreateCastStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	CreateTransform (CreateTransformStmt *stmt)
void	IsThereFunctionInNamespace (const char *proname, int pronargs, oidvector *proargtypes, Oid nspOid)
void	ExecuteDoStmt (ParseState *pstate, DoStmt *stmt, bool atomic)
void	ExecuteCallStmt (CallStmt *stmt, ParamListInfo params, bool atomic, DestReceiver *dest)
TupleDesc	CallStmtResultDesc (CallStmt *stmt)
Oid	get_transform_oid (Oid type_id, Oid lang_id, bool missing_ok)
void	interpret_function_parameter_list (ParseState *pstate, List *parameters, Oid languageOid, ObjectType objtype, oidvector **parameterTypes, List **parameterTypes_list, ArrayType **allParameterTypes, ArrayType **parameterModes, ArrayType **parameterNames, List **inParameterNames_list, List **parameterDefaults, Oid *variadicArgType, Oid *requiredResultType)
ObjectAddress	DefineOperator (List *names, List *parameters)
void	RemoveOperatorById (Oid operOid)
ObjectAddress	AlterOperator (AlterOperatorStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	CreateStatistics (CreateStatsStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	AlterStatistics (AlterStatsStmt *stmt)
void	RemoveStatisticsById (Oid statsOid)
void	RemoveStatisticsDataById (Oid statsOid, bool inh)
Oid	StatisticsGetRelation (Oid statId, bool missing_ok)
ObjectAddress	DefineAggregate (ParseState *pstate, List *name, List *args, bool oldstyle, List *parameters, bool replace)
ObjectAddress	DefineOpClass (CreateOpClassStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	DefineOpFamily (CreateOpFamilyStmt *stmt)
Oid	AlterOpFamily (AlterOpFamilyStmt *stmt)
void	IsThereOpClassInNamespace (const char *opcname, Oid opcmethod, Oid opcnamespace)
void	IsThereOpFamilyInNamespace (const char *opfname, Oid opfmethod, Oid opfnamespace)
Oid	get_opclass_oid (Oid amID, List *opclassname, bool missing_ok)
Oid	get_opfamily_oid (Oid amID, List *opfamilyname, bool missing_ok)
ObjectAddress	DefineTSParser (List *names, List *parameters)
ObjectAddress	DefineTSDictionary (List *names, List *parameters)
ObjectAddress	AlterTSDictionary (AlterTSDictionaryStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	DefineTSTemplate (List *names, List *parameters)
ObjectAddress	DefineTSConfiguration (List *names, List *parameters, ObjectAddress *copied)
void	RemoveTSConfigurationById (Oid cfgId)
ObjectAddress	AlterTSConfiguration (AlterTSConfigurationStmt *stmt)
text *	serialize_deflist (List *deflist)
List *	deserialize_deflist (Datum txt)
ObjectAddress	AlterForeignServerOwner (const char *name, Oid newOwnerId)
void	AlterForeignServerOwner_oid (Oid, Oid newOwnerId)
ObjectAddress	AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner (const char *name, Oid newOwnerId)
void	AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_oid (Oid fwdId, Oid newOwnerId)
ObjectAddress	CreateForeignDataWrapper (ParseState *pstate, CreateFdwStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	AlterForeignDataWrapper (ParseState *pstate, AlterFdwStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	CreateForeignServer (CreateForeignServerStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	AlterForeignServer (AlterForeignServerStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	CreateUserMapping (CreateUserMappingStmt *stmt)
ObjectAddress	AlterUserMapping (AlterUserMappingStmt *stmt)
Oid	RemoveUserMapping (DropUserMappingStmt *stmt)
void	CreateForeignTable (CreateForeignTableStmt *stmt, Oid relid)
void	ImportForeignSchema (ImportForeignSchemaStmt *stmt)
Datum	transformGenericOptions (Oid catalogId, Datum oldOptions, List *options, Oid fdwvalidator)
ObjectAddress	CreateAccessMethod (CreateAmStmt *stmt)
Oid	get_index_am_oid (const char *amname, bool missing_ok)
Oid	get_table_am_oid (const char *amname, bool missing_ok)
Oid	get_am_oid (const char *amname, bool missing_ok)
char *	get_am_name (Oid amOid)
char *	defGetString (DefElem *def)
double	defGetNumeric (DefElem *def)
bool	defGetBoolean (DefElem *def)
int32	defGetInt32 (DefElem *def)
int64	defGetInt64 (DefElem *def)
Oid	defGetObjectId (DefElem *def)
List *	defGetQualifiedName (DefElem *def)
TypeName *	defGetTypeName (DefElem *def)
int	defGetTypeLength (DefElem *def)
List *	defGetStringList (DefElem *def)
void	errorConflictingDefElem (DefElem *defel, ParseState *pstate) pg_attribute_noreturn()

Function Documentation

AlterForeignDataWrapper()

ObjectAddress AlterForeignDataWrapper	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		AlterFdwStmt *	stmt
	)

Definition at line 674 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tp;
    Form_pg_foreign_data_wrapper fdwForm;
    Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_data_wrapper];
    bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_data_wrapper];
    bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_data_wrapper];
    Oid         fdwId;
    bool        isnull;
    Datum       datum;
    bool        handler_given;
    bool        validator_given;
    Oid         fdwhandler;
    Oid         fdwvalidator;
    ObjectAddress myself;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Must be superuser */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied to alter foreign-data wrapper \"%s\"",
                        stmt->fdwname),
                 errhint("Must be superuser to alter a foreign-data wrapper.")));
 
    tp = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNDATAWRAPPERNAME,
                             CStringGetDatum(stmt->fdwname));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->fdwname)));
 
    fdwForm = (Form_pg_foreign_data_wrapper) GETSTRUCT(tp);
    fdwId = fdwForm->oid;
 
    memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
    memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
 
    parse_func_options(pstate, stmt->func_options,
                       &handler_given, &fdwhandler,
                       &validator_given, &fdwvalidator);
 
    if (handler_given)
    {
        repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwhandler - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdwhandler);
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwhandler - 1] = true;
 
        /*
         * It could be that the behavior of accessing foreign table changes
         * with the new handler.  Warn about this.
         */
        ereport(WARNING,
                (errmsg("changing the foreign-data wrapper handler can change behavior of existing foreign tables")));
    }
 
    if (validator_given)
    {
        repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwvalidator - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdwvalidator);
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwvalidator - 1] = true;
 
        /*
         * It could be that existing options for the FDW or dependent SERVER,
         * USER MAPPING or FOREIGN TABLE objects are no longer valid according
         * to the new validator.  Warn about this.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(fdwvalidator))
            ereport(WARNING,
                    (errmsg("changing the foreign-data wrapper validator can cause "
                            "the options for dependent objects to become invalid")));
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Validator is not changed, but we need it for validating options.
         */
        fdwvalidator = fdwForm->fdwvalidator;
    }
 
    /*
     * If options specified, validate and update.
     */
    if (stmt->options)
    {
        /* Extract the current options */
        datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNDATAWRAPPEROID,
                                tp,
                                Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions,
                                &isnull);
        if (isnull)
            datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
 
        /* Transform the options */
        datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId,
                                        datum,
                                        stmt->options,
                                        fdwvalidator);
 
        if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(datum)))
            repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions - 1] = datum;
        else
            repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions - 1] = true;
 
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions - 1] = true;
    }
 
    /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
    tp = heap_modify_tuple(tp, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                           repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &tp->t_self, tp);
 
    heap_freetuple(tp);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(myself, ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdwId);
 
    /* Update function dependencies if we changed them */
    if (handler_given || validator_given)
    {
        ObjectAddress referenced;
 
        /*
         * Flush all existing dependency records of this FDW on functions; we
         * assume there can be none other than the ones we are fixing.
         */
        deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId,
                                        fdwId,
                                        ProcedureRelationId,
                                        DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
        /* And build new ones. */
 
        if (OidIsValid(fdwhandler))
        {
            referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
            referenced.objectId = fdwhandler;
            referenced.objectSubId = 0;
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
        }
 
        if (OidIsValid(fdwvalidator))
        {
            referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
            referenced.objectId = fdwvalidator;
            referenced.objectSubId = 0;
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
        }
    }
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdwId, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References CatalogTupleUpdate(), ObjectAddress::classId, CStringGetDatum(), DatumGetPointer(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT, heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, parse_func_options(), PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, stmt, superuser(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), and WARNING.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner()

ObjectAddress AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner	(	const char *	name,
		Oid	newOwnerId
	)

Definition at line 275 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Oid         fdwId;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Relation    rel;
    ObjectAddress address;
    Form_pg_foreign_data_wrapper form;
 
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNDATAWRAPPERNAME, CStringGetDatum(name));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" does not exist", name)));
 
    form = (Form_pg_foreign_data_wrapper) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    fdwId = form->oid;
 
    AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_internal(rel, tup, newOwnerId);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdwId);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_internal(), CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT, heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, name, ObjectAddressSet, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by ExecAlterOwnerStmt().

AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_oid()

void AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_oid	(	Oid	fwdId,
		Oid	newOwnerId
	)

Definition at line 313 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Relation    rel;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNDATAWRAPPEROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fwdId));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper with OID %u does not exist", fwdId)));
 
    AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_internal(rel, tup, newOwnerId);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References AlterForeignDataWrapperOwner_internal(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by shdepReassignOwned().

AlterForeignServer()

ObjectAddress AlterForeignServer

(

AlterForeignServerStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 974 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tp;
    Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_server];
    bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_server];
    bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_server];
    Oid         srvId;
    Form_pg_foreign_server srvForm;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignServerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tp = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNSERVERNAME,
                             CStringGetDatum(stmt->servername));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("server \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->servername)));
 
    srvForm = (Form_pg_foreign_server) GETSTRUCT(tp);
    srvId = srvForm->oid;
 
    /*
     * Only owner or a superuser can ALTER a SERVER.
     */
    if (!object_ownercheck(ForeignServerRelationId, srvId, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER,
                       stmt->servername);
 
    memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
    memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
 
    if (stmt->has_version)
    {
        /*
         * Change the server VERSION string.
         */
        if (stmt->version)
            repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvversion - 1] =
                CStringGetTextDatum(stmt->version);
        else
            repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvversion - 1] = true;
 
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvversion - 1] = true;
    }
 
    if (stmt->options)
    {
        ForeignDataWrapper *fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(srvForm->srvfdw);
        Datum       datum;
        bool        isnull;
 
        /* Extract the current srvoptions */
        datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNSERVEROID,
                                tp,
                                Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions,
                                &isnull);
        if (isnull)
            datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
 
        /* Prepare the options array */
        datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignServerRelationId,
                                        datum,
                                        stmt->options,
                                        fdw->fdwvalidator);
 
        if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(datum)))
            repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions - 1] = datum;
        else
            repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions - 1] = true;
 
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions - 1] = true;
    }
 
    /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
    tp = heap_modify_tuple(tp, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                           repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &tp->t_self, tp);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignServerRelationId, srvId, 0);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, ForeignServerRelationId, srvId);
 
    heap_freetuple(tp);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CStringGetDatum(), CStringGetTextDatum, DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER, object_ownercheck(), ObjectAddressSet, PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, stmt, SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformGenericOptions().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterForeignServerOwner()

ObjectAddress AlterForeignServerOwner	(	const char *	name,
		Oid	newOwnerId
	)

Definition at line 415 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Oid         servOid;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Relation    rel;
    ObjectAddress address;
    Form_pg_foreign_server form;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignServerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNSERVERNAME, CStringGetDatum(name));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("server \"%s\" does not exist", name)));
 
    form = (Form_pg_foreign_server) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    servOid = form->oid;
 
    AlterForeignServerOwner_internal(rel, tup, newOwnerId);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, ForeignServerRelationId, servOid);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References AlterForeignServerOwner_internal(), CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT, heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, name, ObjectAddressSet, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by ExecAlterOwnerStmt().

AlterForeignServerOwner_oid()

void AlterForeignServerOwner_oid	(	Oid	srvId,
		Oid	newOwnerId
	)

Definition at line 450 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Relation    rel;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignServerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNSERVEROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(srvId));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("foreign server with OID %u does not exist", srvId)));
 
    AlterForeignServerOwner_internal(rel, tup, newOwnerId);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References AlterForeignServerOwner_internal(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by shdepReassignOwned().

AlterFunction()

ObjectAddress AlterFunction	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		AlterFunctionStmt *	stmt
	)

Definition at line 1342 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Oid         funcOid;
    Form_pg_proc procForm;
    bool        is_procedure;
    Relation    rel;
    ListCell   *l;
    DefElem    *volatility_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *strict_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *security_def_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *leakproof_item = NULL;
    List       *set_items = NIL;
    DefElem    *cost_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *rows_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *support_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *parallel_item = NULL;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    rel = table_open(ProcedureRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    funcOid = LookupFuncWithArgs(stmt->objtype, stmt->func, false);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, ProcedureRelationId, funcOid);
 
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(funcOid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", funcOid);
 
    procForm = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
    /* Permission check: must own function */
    if (!object_ownercheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcOid, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, stmt->objtype,
                       NameListToString(stmt->func->objname));
 
    if (procForm->prokind == PROKIND_AGGREGATE)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
                        NameListToString(stmt->func->objname))));
 
    is_procedure = (procForm->prokind == PROKIND_PROCEDURE);
 
    /* Examine requested actions. */
    foreach(l, stmt->actions)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(l);
 
        if (compute_common_attribute(pstate,
                                     is_procedure,
                                     defel,
                                     &volatility_item,
                                     &strict_item,
                                     &security_def_item,
                                     &leakproof_item,
                                     &set_items,
                                     &cost_item,
                                     &rows_item,
                                     &support_item,
                                     &parallel_item) == false)
            elog(ERROR, "option \"%s\" not recognized", defel->defname);
    }
 
    if (volatility_item)
        procForm->provolatile = interpret_func_volatility(volatility_item);
    if (strict_item)
        procForm->proisstrict = boolVal(strict_item->arg);
    if (security_def_item)
        procForm->prosecdef = boolVal(security_def_item->arg);
    if (leakproof_item)
    {
        procForm->proleakproof = boolVal(leakproof_item->arg);
        if (procForm->proleakproof && !superuser())
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                     errmsg("only superuser can define a leakproof function")));
    }
    if (cost_item)
    {
        procForm->procost = defGetNumeric(cost_item);
        if (procForm->procost <= 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("COST must be positive")));
    }
    if (rows_item)
    {
        procForm->prorows = defGetNumeric(rows_item);
        if (procForm->prorows <= 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("ROWS must be positive")));
        if (!procForm->proretset)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("ROWS is not applicable when function does not return a set")));
    }
    if (support_item)
    {
        /* interpret_func_support handles the privilege check */
        Oid         newsupport = interpret_func_support(support_item);
 
        /* Add or replace dependency on support function */
        if (OidIsValid(procForm->prosupport))
        {
            if (changeDependencyFor(ProcedureRelationId, funcOid,
                                    ProcedureRelationId, procForm->prosupport,
                                    newsupport) != 1)
                elog(ERROR, "could not change support dependency for function %s",
                     get_func_name(funcOid));
        }
        else
        {
            ObjectAddress referenced;
 
            referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
            referenced.objectId = newsupport;
            referenced.objectSubId = 0;
            recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
        }
 
        procForm->prosupport = newsupport;
    }
    if (parallel_item)
        procForm->proparallel = interpret_func_parallel(parallel_item);
    if (set_items)
    {
        Datum       datum;
        bool        isnull;
        ArrayType  *a;
        Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_proc];
        bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_proc];
        bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_proc];
 
        /* extract existing proconfig setting */
        datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PROCOID, tup, Anum_pg_proc_proconfig, &isnull);
        a = isnull ? NULL : DatumGetArrayTypeP(datum);
 
        /* update according to each SET or RESET item, left to right */
        a = update_proconfig_value(a, set_items);
 
        /* update the tuple */
        memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_proc_proconfig - 1] = true;
 
        if (a == NULL)
        {
            repl_val[Anum_pg_proc_proconfig - 1] = (Datum) 0;
            repl_null[Anum_pg_proc_proconfig - 1] = true;
        }
        else
        {
            repl_val[Anum_pg_proc_proconfig - 1] = PointerGetDatum(a);
            repl_null[Anum_pg_proc_proconfig - 1] = false;
        }
 
        tup = heap_modify_tuple(tup, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                                repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
    }
    /* DO NOT put more touches of procForm below here; it's now dangling. */
 
    /* Do the update */
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &tup->t_self, tup);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ProcedureRelationId, funcOid, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, NoLock);
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    return address;
}

References a, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, DefElem::arg, boolVal, CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyFor(), ObjectAddress::classId, compute_common_attribute(), DatumGetArrayTypeP, defGetNumeric(), DefElem::defname, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_func_name(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, interpret_func_parallel(), interpret_func_support(), interpret_func_volatility(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst, LookupFuncWithArgs(), NameListToString(), NIL, NoLock, object_ownercheck(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, stmt, superuser(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and update_proconfig_value().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterOperator()

ObjectAddress AlterOperator

(

AlterOperatorStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 462 of file operatorcmds.c.

{
    ObjectAddress address;
    Oid         oprId;
    Relation    catalog;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Form_pg_operator oprForm;
    int         i;
    ListCell   *pl;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_operator];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_operator];
    bool        replaces[Natts_pg_operator];
    List       *restrictionName = NIL;  /* optional restrict. sel. function */
    bool        updateRestriction = false;
    Oid         restrictionOid;
    List       *joinName = NIL; /* optional join sel. function */
    bool        updateJoin = false;
    Oid         joinOid;
    List       *commutatorName = NIL;   /* optional commutator operator name */
    Oid         commutatorOid;
    List       *negatorName = NIL;  /* optional negator operator name */
    Oid         negatorOid;
    bool        canMerge = false;
    bool        updateMerges = false;
    bool        canHash = false;
    bool        updateHashes = false;
 
    /* Look up the operator */
    oprId = LookupOperWithArgs(stmt->opername, false);
    catalog = table_open(OperatorRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(OPEROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oprId));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator %u", oprId);
    oprForm = (Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
    /* Process options */
    foreach(pl, stmt->options)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
        List       *param;
 
        if (defel->arg == NULL)
            param = NIL;        /* NONE, removes the function */
        else
            param = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "restrict") == 0)
        {
            restrictionName = param;
            updateRestriction = true;
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "join") == 0)
        {
            joinName = param;
            updateJoin = true;
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "commutator") == 0)
        {
            commutatorName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "negator") == 0)
        {
            negatorName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "merges") == 0)
        {
            canMerge = defGetBoolean(defel);
            updateMerges = true;
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "hashes") == 0)
        {
            canHash = defGetBoolean(defel);
            updateHashes = true;
        }
 
        /*
         * The rest of the options that CREATE accepts cannot be changed.
         * Check for them so that we can give a meaningful error message.
         */
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "leftarg") == 0 ||
                 strcmp(defel->defname, "rightarg") == 0 ||
                 strcmp(defel->defname, "function") == 0 ||
                 strcmp(defel->defname, "procedure") == 0)
        {
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" cannot be changed",
                            defel->defname)));
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
    }
 
    /* Check permissions. Must be owner. */
    if (!object_ownercheck(OperatorRelationId, oprId, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_OPERATOR,
                       NameStr(oprForm->oprname));
 
    /*
     * Look up OIDs for any parameters specified
     */
    if (restrictionName)
        restrictionOid = ValidateRestrictionEstimator(restrictionName);
    else
        restrictionOid = InvalidOid;
    if (joinName)
        joinOid = ValidateJoinEstimator(joinName);
    else
        joinOid = InvalidOid;
 
    if (commutatorName)
    {
        /* commutator has reversed arg types */
        commutatorOid = ValidateOperatorReference(commutatorName,
                                                  oprForm->oprright,
                                                  oprForm->oprleft);
 
        /*
         * We don't need to do anything extra for a self commutator as in
         * OperatorCreate, since the operator surely exists already.
         */
    }
    else
        commutatorOid = InvalidOid;
 
    if (negatorName)
    {
        negatorOid = ValidateOperatorReference(negatorName,
                                               oprForm->oprleft,
                                               oprForm->oprright);
 
        /* Must reject self-negation */
        if (negatorOid == oprForm->oid)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("operator cannot be its own negator")));
    }
    else
    {
        negatorOid = InvalidOid;
    }
 
    /*
     * Check that we're not changing any attributes that might be depended on
     * by plans, while allowing no-op updates.
     */
    if (OidIsValid(commutatorOid) && OidIsValid(oprForm->oprcom) &&
        commutatorOid != oprForm->oprcom)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" cannot be changed if it has already been set",
                        "commutator")));
 
    if (OidIsValid(negatorOid) && OidIsValid(oprForm->oprnegate) &&
        negatorOid != oprForm->oprnegate)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" cannot be changed if it has already been set",
                        "negator")));
 
    if (updateMerges && oprForm->oprcanmerge && !canMerge)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" cannot be changed if it has already been set",
                        "merges")));
 
    if (updateHashes && oprForm->oprcanhash && !canHash)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" cannot be changed if it has already been set",
                        "hashes")));
 
    /* Perform additional checks, like OperatorCreate does */
    OperatorValidateParams(oprForm->oprleft,
                           oprForm->oprright,
                           oprForm->oprresult,
                           OidIsValid(commutatorOid),
                           OidIsValid(negatorOid),
                           OidIsValid(restrictionOid),
                           OidIsValid(joinOid),
                           canMerge,
                           canHash);
 
    /* Update the tuple */
    for (i = 0; i < Natts_pg_operator; ++i)
    {
        values[i] = (Datum) 0;
        replaces[i] = false;
        nulls[i] = false;
    }
    if (updateRestriction)
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprrest - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprrest - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(restrictionOid);
    }
    if (updateJoin)
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprjoin - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprjoin - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(joinOid);
    }
    if (OidIsValid(commutatorOid))
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprcom - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprcom - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(commutatorOid);
    }
    if (OidIsValid(negatorOid))
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprnegate - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprnegate - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(negatorOid);
    }
    if (updateMerges)
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprcanmerge - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprcanmerge - 1] = BoolGetDatum(canMerge);
    }
    if (updateHashes)
    {
        replaces[Anum_pg_operator_oprcanhash - 1] = true;
        values[Anum_pg_operator_oprcanhash - 1] = BoolGetDatum(canHash);
    }
 
    tup = heap_modify_tuple(tup, RelationGetDescr(catalog),
                            values, nulls, replaces);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(catalog, &tup->t_self, tup);
 
    address = makeOperatorDependencies(tup, false, true);
 
    if (OidIsValid(commutatorOid) || OidIsValid(negatorOid))
        OperatorUpd(oprId, commutatorOid, negatorOid, false);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(OperatorRelationId, oprId, 0);
 
    table_close(catalog, NoLock);
 
    return address;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, DefElem::arg, BoolGetDatum(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), defGetBoolean(), defGetQualifiedName(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst, LookupOperWithArgs(), makeOperatorDependencies(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, OBJECT_OPERATOR, object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, OperatorUpd(), OperatorValidateParams(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, stmt, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), ValidateJoinEstimator(), ValidateOperatorReference(), ValidateRestrictionEstimator(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterOpFamily()

Oid AlterOpFamily

(

AlterOpFamilyStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 816 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    Oid         amoid,          /* our AM's oid */
                opfamilyoid;    /* oid of opfamily */
    int         maxOpNumber,    /* amstrategies value */
                optsProcNumber, /* amoptsprocnum value */
                maxProcNumber;  /* amsupport value */
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Form_pg_am  amform;
    IndexAmRoutine *amroutine;
 
    /* Get necessary info about access method */
    tup = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, CStringGetDatum(stmt->amname));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
                        stmt->amname)));
 
    amform = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    amoid = amform->oid;
    amroutine = GetIndexAmRoutineByAmId(amoid, false);
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    maxOpNumber = amroutine->amstrategies;
    /* if amstrategies is zero, just enforce that op numbers fit in int16 */
    if (maxOpNumber <= 0)
        maxOpNumber = SHRT_MAX;
    maxProcNumber = amroutine->amsupport;
    optsProcNumber = amroutine->amoptsprocnum;
 
    /* XXX Should we make any privilege check against the AM? */
 
    /* Look up the opfamily */
    opfamilyoid = get_opfamily_oid(amoid, stmt->opfamilyname, false);
 
    /*
     * Currently, we require superuser privileges to alter an opfamily.
     *
     * XXX re-enable NOT_USED code sections below if you remove this test.
     */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be superuser to alter an operator family")));
 
    /*
     * ADD and DROP cases need separate code from here on down.
     */
    if (stmt->isDrop)
        AlterOpFamilyDrop(stmt, amoid, opfamilyoid,
                          maxOpNumber, maxProcNumber, stmt->items);
    else
        AlterOpFamilyAdd(stmt, amoid, opfamilyoid,
                         maxOpNumber, maxProcNumber, optsProcNumber,
                         stmt->items);
 
    return opfamilyoid;
}

References AlterOpFamilyAdd(), AlterOpFamilyDrop(), IndexAmRoutine::amoptsprocnum, IndexAmRoutine::amstrategies, IndexAmRoutine::amsupport, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_opfamily_oid(), GetIndexAmRoutineByAmId(), GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), stmt, and superuser().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterStatistics()

ObjectAddress AlterStatistics

(

AlterStatsStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 599 of file statscmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    Oid         stxoid;
    HeapTuple   oldtup;
    HeapTuple   newtup;
    Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_statistic_ext];
    bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_statistic_ext];
    bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_statistic_ext];
    ObjectAddress address;
    int         newtarget = 0;
    bool        newtarget_default;
 
    /* -1 was used in previous versions for the default setting */
    if (stmt->stxstattarget && intVal(stmt->stxstattarget) != -1)
    {
        newtarget = intVal(stmt->stxstattarget);
        newtarget_default = false;
    }
    else
        newtarget_default = true;
 
    if (!newtarget_default)
    {
        /* Limit statistics target to a sane range */
        if (newtarget < 0)
        {
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("statistics target %d is too low",
                            newtarget)));
        }
        else if (newtarget > MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET)
        {
            newtarget = MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET;
            ereport(WARNING,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("lowering statistics target to %d",
                            newtarget)));
        }
    }
 
    /* lookup OID of the statistics object */
    stxoid = get_statistics_object_oid(stmt->defnames, stmt->missing_ok);
 
    /*
     * If we got here and the OID is not valid, it means the statistics object
     * does not exist, but the command specified IF EXISTS. So report this as
     * a simple NOTICE and we're done.
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(stxoid))
    {
        char       *schemaname;
        char       *statname;
 
        Assert(stmt->missing_ok);
 
        DeconstructQualifiedName(stmt->defnames, &schemaname, &statname);
 
        if (schemaname)
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errmsg("statistics object \"%s.%s\" does not exist, skipping",
                            schemaname, statname)));
        else
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errmsg("statistics object \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
                            statname)));
 
        return InvalidObjectAddress;
    }
 
    /* Search pg_statistic_ext */
    rel = table_open(StatisticExtRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    oldtup = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(stxoid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(oldtup))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for extended statistics object %u", stxoid);
 
    /* Must be owner of the existing statistics object */
    if (!object_ownercheck(StatisticExtRelationId, stxoid, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT,
                       NameListToString(stmt->defnames));
 
    /* Build new tuple. */
    memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
    memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
 
    /* replace the stxstattarget column */
    repl_repl[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxstattarget - 1] = true;
    if (!newtarget_default)
        repl_val[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxstattarget - 1] = Int16GetDatum(newtarget);
    else
        repl_null[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxstattarget - 1] = true;
 
    newtup = heap_modify_tuple(oldtup, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                               repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
 
    /* Update system catalog. */
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(StatisticExtRelationId, stxoid, 0);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, StatisticExtRelationId, stxoid);
 
    /*
     * NOTE: because we only support altering the statistics target, not the
     * other fields, there is no need to update dependencies.
     */
 
    heap_freetuple(newtup);
    ReleaseSysCache(oldtup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, Assert, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DeconstructQualifiedName(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_statistics_object_oid(), GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int16GetDatum(), intVal, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET, NameListToString(), NOTICE, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetDescr, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), stmt, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and WARNING.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterTSConfiguration()

ObjectAddress AlterTSConfiguration

(

AlterTSConfigurationStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1156 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Oid         cfgId;
    Relation    relMap;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    /* Find the configuration */
    tup = GetTSConfigTuple(stmt->cfgname);
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("text search configuration \"%s\" does not exist",
                        NameListToString(stmt->cfgname))));
 
    cfgId = ((Form_pg_ts_config) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
 
    /* must be owner */
    if (!object_ownercheck(TSConfigRelationId, cfgId, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION,
                       NameListToString(stmt->cfgname));
 
    relMap = table_open(TSConfigMapRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Add or drop mappings */
    if (stmt->dicts)
        MakeConfigurationMapping(stmt, tup, relMap);
    else if (stmt->tokentype)
        DropConfigurationMapping(stmt, tup, relMap);
 
    /* Update dependencies */
    makeConfigurationDependencies(tup, true, relMap);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TSConfigRelationId, cfgId, 0);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, TSConfigRelationId, cfgId);
 
    table_close(relMap, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    return address;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, DropConfigurationMapping(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT, GetTSConfigTuple(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, makeConfigurationDependencies(), MakeConfigurationMapping(), NameListToString(), object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION, ObjectAddressSet, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, stmt, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterTSDictionary()

ObjectAddress AlterTSDictionary

(

AlterTSDictionaryStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 493 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup,
                newtup;
    Relation    rel;
    Oid         dictId;
    ListCell   *pl;
    List       *dictoptions;
    Datum       opt;
    bool        isnull;
    Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_ts_dict];
    bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_ts_dict];
    bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_ts_dict];
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    dictId = get_ts_dict_oid(stmt->dictname, false);
 
    rel = table_open(TSDictionaryRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(TSDICTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(dictId));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search dictionary %u",
             dictId);
 
    /* must be owner */
    if (!object_ownercheck(TSDictionaryRelationId, dictId, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY,
                       NameListToString(stmt->dictname));
 
    /* deserialize the existing set of options */
    opt = SysCacheGetAttr(TSDICTOID, tup,
                          Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption,
                          &isnull);
    if (isnull)
        dictoptions = NIL;
    else
        dictoptions = deserialize_deflist(opt);
 
    /*
     * Modify the options list as per specified changes
     */
    foreach(pl, stmt->options)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
        ListCell   *cell;
 
        /*
         * Remove any matches ...
         */
        foreach(cell, dictoptions)
        {
            DefElem    *oldel = (DefElem *) lfirst(cell);
 
            if (strcmp(oldel->defname, defel->defname) == 0)
                dictoptions = foreach_delete_current(dictoptions, cell);
        }
 
        /*
         * and add new value if it's got one
         */
        if (defel->arg)
            dictoptions = lappend(dictoptions, defel);
    }
 
    /*
     * Validate
     */
    verify_dictoptions(((Form_pg_ts_dict) GETSTRUCT(tup))->dicttemplate,
                       dictoptions);
 
    /*
     * Looks good, update
     */
    memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
    memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
 
    if (dictoptions)
        repl_val[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption - 1] =
            PointerGetDatum(serialize_deflist(dictoptions));
    else
        repl_null[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption - 1] = true;
    repl_repl[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption - 1] = true;
 
    newtup = heap_modify_tuple(tup, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                               repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TSDictionaryRelationId, dictId, 0);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, TSDictionaryRelationId, dictId);
 
    /*
     * NOTE: because we only support altering the options, not the template,
     * there is no need to update dependencies.  This might have to change if
     * the options ever reference inside-the-database objects.
     */
 
    heap_freetuple(newtup);
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, DefElem::arg, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DefElem::defname, deserialize_deflist(), elog, ERROR, foreach_delete_current, get_ts_dict_oid(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), lfirst, NameListToString(), NIL, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetDescr, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), serialize_deflist(), stmt, SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and verify_dictoptions().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

AlterUserMapping()

ObjectAddress AlterUserMapping

(

AlterUserMappingStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1226 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tp;
    Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_user_mapping];
    bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_user_mapping];
    bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_user_mapping];
    Oid         useId;
    Oid         umId;
    ForeignServer *srv;
    ObjectAddress address;
    RoleSpec   *role = (RoleSpec *) stmt->user;
 
    rel = table_open(UserMappingRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    if (role->roletype == ROLESPEC_PUBLIC)
        useId = ACL_ID_PUBLIC;
    else
        useId = get_rolespec_oid(stmt->user, false);
 
    srv = GetForeignServerByName(stmt->servername, false);
 
    umId = GetSysCacheOid2(USERMAPPINGUSERSERVER, Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid,
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(useId),
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(srv->serverid));
    if (!OidIsValid(umId))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("user mapping for \"%s\" does not exist for server \"%s\"",
                        MappingUserName(useId), stmt->servername)));
 
    user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck(useId, srv->serverid, stmt->servername);
 
    tp = SearchSysCacheCopy1(USERMAPPINGOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(umId));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for user mapping %u", umId);
 
    memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
    memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
 
    if (stmt->options)
    {
        ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
        Datum       datum;
        bool        isnull;
 
        /*
         * Process the options.
         */
 
        fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(srv->fdwid);
 
        datum = SysCacheGetAttr(USERMAPPINGUSERSERVER,
                                tp,
                                Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions,
                                &isnull);
        if (isnull)
            datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
 
        /* Prepare the options array */
        datum = transformGenericOptions(UserMappingRelationId,
                                        datum,
                                        stmt->options,
                                        fdw->fdwvalidator);
 
        if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(datum)))
            repl_val[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions - 1] = datum;
        else
            repl_null[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions - 1] = true;
 
        repl_repl[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions - 1] = true;
    }
 
    /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
    tp = heap_modify_tuple(tp, RelationGetDescr(rel),
                           repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &tp->t_self, tp);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(UserMappingRelationId,
                              umId, 0);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, UserMappingRelationId, umId);
 
    heap_freetuple(tp);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References ACL_ID_PUBLIC, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, get_rolespec_oid(), GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServerByName(), GetSysCacheOid2, heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, MappingUserName, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationGetDescr, ROLESPEC_PUBLIC, RoleSpec::roletype, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, ForeignServer::serverid, stmt, SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), and user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CallStmtResultDesc()

TupleDesc CallStmtResultDesc

(

CallStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 2351 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    FuncExpr   *fexpr;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    TupleDesc   tupdesc;
 
    fexpr = stmt->funcexpr;
 
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fexpr->funcid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for procedure %u", fexpr->funcid);
 
    tupdesc = build_function_result_tupdesc_t(tuple);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
    return tupdesc;
}

References build_function_result_tupdesc_t(), elog, ERROR, FuncExpr::funcid, HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), and stmt.

Referenced by UtilityTupleDescriptor().

CheckIndexCompatible()

bool CheckIndexCompatible	(	Oid	oldId,
		const char *	accessMethodName,
		const List *	attributeList,
		const List *	exclusionOpNames,
		bool	isWithoutOverlaps
	)

Definition at line 177 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    bool        isconstraint;
    Oid        *typeIds;
    Oid        *collationIds;
    Oid        *opclassIds;
    Datum      *opclassOptions;
    Oid         accessMethodId;
    Oid         relationId;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_index indexForm;
    Form_pg_am  accessMethodForm;
    IndexAmRoutine *amRoutine;
    bool        amcanorder;
    bool        amsummarizing;
    int16      *coloptions;
    IndexInfo  *indexInfo;
    int         numberOfAttributes;
    int         old_natts;
    bool        ret = true;
    oidvector  *old_indclass;
    oidvector  *old_indcollation;
    Relation    irel;
    int         i;
    Datum       d;
 
    /* Caller should already have the relation locked in some way. */
    relationId = IndexGetRelation(oldId, false);
 
    /*
     * We can pretend isconstraint = false unconditionally.  It only serves to
     * decide the text of an error message that should never happen for us.
     */
    isconstraint = false;
 
    numberOfAttributes = list_length(attributeList);
    Assert(numberOfAttributes > 0);
    Assert(numberOfAttributes <= INDEX_MAX_KEYS);
 
    /* look up the access method */
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
                        accessMethodName)));
    accessMethodForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    accessMethodId = accessMethodForm->oid;
    amRoutine = GetIndexAmRoutine(accessMethodForm->amhandler);
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
    amcanorder = amRoutine->amcanorder;
    amsummarizing = amRoutine->amsummarizing;
 
    /*
     * Compute the operator classes, collations, and exclusion operators for
     * the new index, so we can test whether it's compatible with the existing
     * one.  Note that ComputeIndexAttrs might fail here, but that's OK:
     * DefineIndex would have failed later.  Our attributeList contains only
     * key attributes, thus we're filling ii_NumIndexAttrs and
     * ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs with same value.
     */
    indexInfo = makeIndexInfo(numberOfAttributes, numberOfAttributes,
                              accessMethodId, NIL, NIL, false, false,
                              false, false, amsummarizing);
    typeIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    collationIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    opclassIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    opclassOptions = palloc_array(Datum, numberOfAttributes);
    coloptions = palloc_array(int16, numberOfAttributes);
    ComputeIndexAttrs(indexInfo,
                      typeIds, collationIds, opclassIds, opclassOptions,
                      coloptions, attributeList,
                      exclusionOpNames, relationId,
                      accessMethodName, accessMethodId,
                      amcanorder, isconstraint, isWithoutOverlaps, InvalidOid,
                      0, NULL);
 
    /* Get the soon-obsolete pg_index tuple. */
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", oldId);
    indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
    /*
     * We don't assess expressions or predicates; assume incompatibility.
     * Also, if the index is invalid for any reason, treat it as incompatible.
     */
    if (!(heap_attisnull(tuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) &&
          heap_attisnull(tuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL) &&
          indexForm->indisvalid))
    {
        ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
        return false;
    }
 
    /* Any change in operator class or collation breaks compatibility. */
    old_natts = indexForm->indnkeyatts;
    Assert(old_natts == numberOfAttributes);
 
    d = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, tuple, Anum_pg_index_indcollation);
    old_indcollation = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(d);
 
    d = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, tuple, Anum_pg_index_indclass);
    old_indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(d);
 
    ret = (memcmp(old_indclass->values, opclassIds, old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0 &&
           memcmp(old_indcollation->values, collationIds, old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
    if (!ret)
        return false;
 
    /* For polymorphic opcintype, column type changes break compatibility. */
    irel = index_open(oldId, AccessShareLock);  /* caller probably has a lock */
    for (i = 0; i < old_natts; i++)
    {
        if (IsPolymorphicType(get_opclass_input_type(opclassIds[i])) &&
            TupleDescAttr(irel->rd_att, i)->atttypid != typeIds[i])
        {
            ret = false;
            break;
        }
    }
 
    /* Any change in opclass options break compatibility. */
    if (ret)
    {
        Datum      *oldOpclassOptions = palloc_array(Datum, old_natts);
 
        for (i = 0; i < old_natts; i++)
            oldOpclassOptions[i] = get_attoptions(oldId, i + 1);
 
        ret = CompareOpclassOptions(oldOpclassOptions, opclassOptions, old_natts);
 
        pfree(oldOpclassOptions);
    }
 
    /* Any change in exclusion operator selections breaks compatibility. */
    if (ret && indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL)
    {
        Oid        *old_operators,
                   *old_procs;
        uint16     *old_strats;
 
        RelationGetExclusionInfo(irel, &old_operators, &old_procs, &old_strats);
        ret = memcmp(old_operators, indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps,
                     old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0;
 
        /* Require an exact input type match for polymorphic operators. */
        if (ret)
        {
            for (i = 0; i < old_natts && ret; i++)
            {
                Oid         left,
                            right;
 
                op_input_types(indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps[i], &left, &right);
                if ((IsPolymorphicType(left) || IsPolymorphicType(right)) &&
                    TupleDescAttr(irel->rd_att, i)->atttypid != typeIds[i])
                {
                    ret = false;
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
    }
 
    index_close(irel, NoLock);
    return ret;
}

References AccessShareLock, IndexAmRoutine::amcanorder, IndexAmRoutine::amsummarizing, Assert, CompareOpclassOptions(), ComputeIndexAttrs(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_attoptions(), get_opclass_input_type(), GetIndexAmRoutine(), GETSTRUCT, heap_attisnull(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, index_close(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), IndexGetRelation(), InvalidOid, list_length(), makeIndexInfo(), NIL, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), op_input_types(), palloc_array, pfree(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationGetExclusionInfo(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), TupleDescAttr, and oidvector::values.

Referenced by TryReuseIndex().

ChooseRelationName()

char* ChooseRelationName	(	const char *	name1,
		const char *	name2,
		const char *	label,
		Oid	namespaceid,
		bool	isconstraint
	)

Definition at line 2615 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    int         pass = 0;
    char       *relname = NULL;
    char        modlabel[NAMEDATALEN];
 
    /* try the unmodified label first */
    strlcpy(modlabel, label, sizeof(modlabel));
 
    for (;;)
    {
        relname = makeObjectName(name1, name2, modlabel);
 
        if (!OidIsValid(get_relname_relid(relname, namespaceid)))
        {
            if (!isconstraint ||
                !ConstraintNameExists(relname, namespaceid))
                break;
        }
 
        /* found a conflict, so try a new name component */
        pfree(relname);
        snprintf(modlabel, sizeof(modlabel), "%s%d", label, ++pass);
    }
 
    return relname;
}

References ConstraintNameExists(), get_relname_relid(), label, makeObjectName(), NAMEDATALEN, OidIsValid, pfree(), relname, snprintf, and strlcpy().

Referenced by ChooseIndexName(), generateSerialExtraStmts(), and ReindexRelationConcurrently().

CreateAccessMethod()

ObjectAddress CreateAccessMethod

(

CreateAmStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 43 of file amcmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    ObjectAddress myself;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
    Oid         amoid;
    Oid         amhandler;
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_am];
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_am];
    HeapTuple   tup;
 
    rel = table_open(AccessMethodRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Must be superuser */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied to create access method \"%s\"",
                        stmt->amname),
                 errhint("Must be superuser to create an access method.")));
 
    /* Check if name is used */
    amoid = GetSysCacheOid1(AMNAME, Anum_pg_am_oid,
                            CStringGetDatum(stmt->amname));
    if (OidIsValid(amoid))
    {
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" already exists",
                        stmt->amname)));
    }
 
    /*
     * Get the handler function oid, verifying the AM type while at it.
     */
    amhandler = lookup_am_handler_func(stmt->handler_name, stmt->amtype);
 
    /*
     * Insert tuple into pg_am.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    amoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(rel, AmOidIndexId, Anum_pg_am_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_am_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(amoid);
    values[Anum_pg_am_amname - 1] =
        DirectFunctionCall1(namein, CStringGetDatum(stmt->amname));
    values[Anum_pg_am_amhandler - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(amhandler);
    values[Anum_pg_am_amtype - 1] = CharGetDatum(stmt->amtype);
 
    tup = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(rel), values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(rel, tup);
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    myself.classId = AccessMethodRelationId;
    myself.objectId = amoid;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    /* Record dependency on handler function */
    referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = amhandler;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
 
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(&myself, false);
 
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(AccessMethodRelationId, amoid, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References CatalogTupleInsert(), CharGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::classId, CStringGetDatum(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DirectFunctionCall1, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetNewOidWithIndex(), GetSysCacheOid1, heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, lookup_am_handler_func(), namein(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, stmt, superuser(), table_close(), table_open(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateCast()

ObjectAddress CreateCast

(

CreateCastStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1520 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    Oid         sourcetypeid;
    Oid         targettypeid;
    char        sourcetyptype;
    char        targettyptype;
    Oid         funcid;
    Oid         incastid = InvalidOid;
    Oid         outcastid = InvalidOid;
    int         nargs;
    char        castcontext;
    char        castmethod;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    ObjectAddress myself;
 
    sourcetypeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->sourcetype);
    targettypeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->targettype);
    sourcetyptype = get_typtype(sourcetypeid);
    targettyptype = get_typtype(targettypeid);
 
    /* No pseudo-types allowed */
    if (sourcetyptype == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("source data type %s is a pseudo-type",
                        TypeNameToString(stmt->sourcetype))));
 
    if (targettyptype == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("target data type %s is a pseudo-type",
                        TypeNameToString(stmt->targettype))));
 
    /* Permission check */
    if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, sourcetypeid, GetUserId())
        && !object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, targettypeid, GetUserId()))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be owner of type %s or type %s",
                        format_type_be(sourcetypeid),
                        format_type_be(targettypeid))));
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, sourcetypeid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, sourcetypeid);
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, targettypeid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, targettypeid);
 
    /* Domains are allowed for historical reasons, but we warn */
    if (sourcetyptype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
        ereport(WARNING,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("cast will be ignored because the source data type is a domain")));
 
    else if (targettyptype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
        ereport(WARNING,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("cast will be ignored because the target data type is a domain")));
 
    /* Determine the cast method */
    if (stmt->func != NULL)
        castmethod = COERCION_METHOD_FUNCTION;
    else if (stmt->inout)
        castmethod = COERCION_METHOD_INOUT;
    else
        castmethod = COERCION_METHOD_BINARY;
 
    if (castmethod == COERCION_METHOD_FUNCTION)
    {
        Form_pg_proc procstruct;
 
        funcid = LookupFuncWithArgs(OBJECT_FUNCTION, stmt->func, false);
 
        tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(funcid));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", funcid);
 
        procstruct = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
        nargs = procstruct->pronargs;
        if (nargs < 1 || nargs > 3)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("cast function must take one to three arguments")));
        if (!IsBinaryCoercibleWithCast(sourcetypeid,
                                       procstruct->proargtypes.values[0],
                                       &incastid))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("argument of cast function must match or be binary-coercible from source data type")));
        if (nargs > 1 && procstruct->proargtypes.values[1] != INT4OID)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("second argument of cast function must be type %s",
                            "integer")));
        if (nargs > 2 && procstruct->proargtypes.values[2] != BOOLOID)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("third argument of cast function must be type %s",
                            "boolean")));
        if (!IsBinaryCoercibleWithCast(procstruct->prorettype,
                                       targettypeid,
                                       &outcastid))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("return data type of cast function must match or be binary-coercible to target data type")));
 
        /*
         * Restricting the volatility of a cast function may or may not be a
         * good idea in the abstract, but it definitely breaks many old
         * user-defined types.  Disable this check --- tgl 2/1/03
         */
#ifdef NOT_USED
        if (procstruct->provolatile == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("cast function must not be volatile")));
#endif
        if (procstruct->prokind != PROKIND_FUNCTION)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("cast function must be a normal function")));
        if (procstruct->proretset)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("cast function must not return a set")));
 
        ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    }
    else
    {
        funcid = InvalidOid;
        nargs = 0;
    }
 
    if (castmethod == COERCION_METHOD_BINARY)
    {
        int16       typ1len;
        int16       typ2len;
        bool        typ1byval;
        bool        typ2byval;
        char        typ1align;
        char        typ2align;
 
        /*
         * Must be superuser to create binary-compatible casts, since
         * erroneous casts can easily crash the backend.
         */
        if (!superuser())
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                     errmsg("must be superuser to create a cast WITHOUT FUNCTION")));
 
        /*
         * Also, insist that the types match as to size, alignment, and
         * pass-by-value attributes; this provides at least a crude check that
         * they have similar representations.  A pair of types that fail this
         * test should certainly not be equated.
         */
        get_typlenbyvalalign(sourcetypeid, &typ1len, &typ1byval, &typ1align);
        get_typlenbyvalalign(targettypeid, &typ2len, &typ2byval, &typ2align);
        if (typ1len != typ2len ||
            typ1byval != typ2byval ||
            typ1align != typ2align)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("source and target data types are not physically compatible")));
 
        /*
         * We know that composite, enum and array types are never binary-
         * compatible with each other.  They all have OIDs embedded in them.
         *
         * Theoretically you could build a user-defined base type that is
         * binary-compatible with a composite, enum, or array type.  But we
         * disallow that too, as in practice such a cast is surely a mistake.
         * You can always work around that by writing a cast function.
         */
        if (sourcetyptype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE ||
            targettyptype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("composite data types are not binary-compatible")));
 
        if (sourcetyptype == TYPTYPE_ENUM ||
            targettyptype == TYPTYPE_ENUM)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("enum data types are not binary-compatible")));
 
        if (OidIsValid(get_element_type(sourcetypeid)) ||
            OidIsValid(get_element_type(targettypeid)))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("array data types are not binary-compatible")));
 
        /*
         * We also disallow creating binary-compatibility casts involving
         * domains.  Casting from a domain to its base type is already
         * allowed, and casting the other way ought to go through domain
         * coercion to permit constraint checking.  Again, if you're intent on
         * having your own semantics for that, create a no-op cast function.
         *
         * NOTE: if we were to relax this, the above checks for composites
         * etc. would have to be modified to look through domains to their
         * base types.
         */
        if (sourcetyptype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN ||
            targettyptype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("domain data types must not be marked binary-compatible")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Allow source and target types to be same only for length coercion
     * functions.  We assume a multi-arg function does length coercion.
     */
    if (sourcetypeid == targettypeid && nargs < 2)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("source data type and target data type are the same")));
 
    /* convert CoercionContext enum to char value for castcontext */
    switch (stmt->context)
    {
        case COERCION_IMPLICIT:
            castcontext = COERCION_CODE_IMPLICIT;
            break;
        case COERCION_ASSIGNMENT:
            castcontext = COERCION_CODE_ASSIGNMENT;
            break;
            /* COERCION_PLPGSQL is intentionally not covered here */
        case COERCION_EXPLICIT:
            castcontext = COERCION_CODE_EXPLICIT;
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized CoercionContext: %d", stmt->context);
            castcontext = 0;    /* keep compiler quiet */
            break;
    }
 
    myself = CastCreate(sourcetypeid, targettypeid, funcid, incastid, outcastid,
                        castcontext, castmethod, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    return myself;
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, CastCreate(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, COERCION_EXPLICIT, COERCION_IMPLICIT, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), get_element_type(), get_typlenbyvalalign(), get_typtype(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, IsBinaryCoercibleWithCast(), LookupFuncWithArgs(), object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), stmt, superuser(), TypeNameToString(), typenameTypeId(), and WARNING.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateForeignDataWrapper()

ObjectAddress CreateForeignDataWrapper	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		CreateFdwStmt *	stmt
	)

Definition at line 558 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_foreign_data_wrapper];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_foreign_data_wrapper];
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Oid         fdwId;
    bool        handler_given;
    bool        validator_given;
    Oid         fdwhandler;
    Oid         fdwvalidator;
    Datum       fdwoptions;
    Oid         ownerId;
    ObjectAddress myself;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Must be superuser */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied to create foreign-data wrapper \"%s\"",
                        stmt->fdwname),
                 errhint("Must be superuser to create a foreign-data wrapper.")));
 
    /* For now the owner cannot be specified on create. Use effective user ID. */
    ownerId = GetUserId();
 
    /*
     * Check that there is no other foreign-data wrapper by this name.
     */
    if (GetForeignDataWrapperByName(stmt->fdwname, true) != NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" already exists",
                        stmt->fdwname)));
 
    /*
     * Insert tuple into pg_foreign_data_wrapper.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    fdwId = GetNewOidWithIndex(rel, ForeignDataWrapperOidIndexId,
                               Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdwId);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwname - 1] =
        DirectFunctionCall1(namein, CStringGetDatum(stmt->fdwname));
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(ownerId);
 
    /* Lookup handler and validator functions, if given */
    parse_func_options(pstate, stmt->func_options,
                       &handler_given, &fdwhandler,
                       &validator_given, &fdwvalidator);
 
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwhandler - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdwhandler);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwvalidator - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdwvalidator);
 
    nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwacl - 1] = true;
 
    fdwoptions = transformGenericOptions(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId,
                                         PointerGetDatum(NULL),
                                         stmt->options,
                                         fdwvalidator);
 
    if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(fdwoptions)))
        values[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions - 1] = fdwoptions;
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwoptions - 1] = true;
 
    tuple = heap_form_tuple(rel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(rel, tuple);
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);
 
    /* record dependencies */
    myself.classId = ForeignDataWrapperRelationId;
    myself.objectId = fdwId;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    if (OidIsValid(fdwhandler))
    {
        referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = fdwhandler;
        referenced.objectSubId = 0;
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    }
 
    if (OidIsValid(fdwvalidator))
    {
        referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = fdwvalidator;
        referenced.objectSubId = 0;
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    }
 
    recordDependencyOnOwner(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdwId, ownerId);
 
    /* dependency on extension */
    recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(&myself, false);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new foreign data wrapper */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdwId, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References CatalogTupleInsert(), ObjectAddress::classId, CStringGetDatum(), DatumGetPointer(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DirectFunctionCall1, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetForeignDataWrapperByName(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, namein(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, parse_func_options(), PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(), recordDependencyOnOwner(), RowExclusiveLock, stmt, superuser(), table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateForeignServer()

ObjectAddress CreateForeignServer

(

CreateForeignServerStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 838 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    Datum       srvoptions;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_foreign_server];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_foreign_server];
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Oid         srvId;
    Oid         ownerId;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    ObjectAddress myself;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
    ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
 
    rel = table_open(ForeignServerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* For now the owner cannot be specified on create. Use effective user ID. */
    ownerId = GetUserId();
 
    /*
     * Check that there is no other foreign server by this name.  If there is
     * one, do nothing if IF NOT EXISTS was specified.
     */
    srvId = get_foreign_server_oid(stmt->servername, true);
    if (OidIsValid(srvId))
    {
        if (stmt->if_not_exists)
        {
            /*
             * If we are in an extension script, insist that the pre-existing
             * object be a member of the extension, to avoid security risks.
             */
            ObjectAddressSet(myself, ForeignServerRelationId, srvId);
            checkMembershipInCurrentExtension(&myself);
 
            /* OK to skip */
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("server \"%s\" already exists, skipping",
                            stmt->servername)));
            table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
            return InvalidObjectAddress;
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("server \"%s\" already exists",
                            stmt->servername)));
    }
 
    /*
     * Check that the FDW exists and that we have USAGE on it. Also get the
     * actual FDW for option validation etc.
     */
    fdw = GetForeignDataWrapperByName(stmt->fdwname, false);
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(ForeignDataWrapperRelationId, fdw->fdwid, ownerId, ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FDW, fdw->fdwname);
 
    /*
     * Insert tuple into pg_foreign_server.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    srvId = GetNewOidWithIndex(rel, ForeignServerOidIndexId,
                               Anum_pg_foreign_server_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(srvId);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvname - 1] =
        DirectFunctionCall1(namein, CStringGetDatum(stmt->servername));
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(ownerId);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvfdw - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fdw->fdwid);
 
    /* Add server type if supplied */
    if (stmt->servertype)
        values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvtype - 1] =
            CStringGetTextDatum(stmt->servertype);
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvtype - 1] = true;
 
    /* Add server version if supplied */
    if (stmt->version)
        values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvversion - 1] =
            CStringGetTextDatum(stmt->version);
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvversion - 1] = true;
 
    /* Start with a blank acl */
    nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvacl - 1] = true;
 
    /* Add server options */
    srvoptions = transformGenericOptions(ForeignServerRelationId,
                                         PointerGetDatum(NULL),
                                         stmt->options,
                                         fdw->fdwvalidator);
 
    if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(srvoptions)))
        values[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions - 1] = srvoptions;
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvoptions - 1] = true;
 
    tuple = heap_form_tuple(rel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(rel, tuple);
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);
 
    /* record dependencies */
    myself.classId = ForeignServerRelationId;
    myself.objectId = srvId;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    referenced.classId = ForeignDataWrapperRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = fdw->fdwid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    recordDependencyOnOwner(ForeignServerRelationId, srvId, ownerId);
 
    /* dependency on extension */
    recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(&myself, false);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new foreign server */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(ForeignServerRelationId, srvId, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, CatalogTupleInsert(), checkMembershipInCurrentExtension(), ObjectAddress::classId, CStringGetDatum(), CStringGetTextDatum, DatumGetPointer(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DirectFunctionCall1, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwname, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, get_foreign_server_oid(), GetForeignDataWrapperByName(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, namein(), NOTICE, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FDW, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(), recordDependencyOnOwner(), RowExclusiveLock, stmt, table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateForeignTable()

void CreateForeignTable	(	CreateForeignTableStmt *	stmt,
		Oid	relid
	)

Definition at line 1404 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    ftrel;
    Datum       ftoptions;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    ObjectAddress myself;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
    Oid         ownerId;
    ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
    ForeignServer *server;
 
    /*
     * Advance command counter to ensure the pg_attribute tuple is visible;
     * the tuple might be updated to add constraints in previous step.
     */
    CommandCounterIncrement();
 
    ftrel = table_open(ForeignTableRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * For now the owner cannot be specified on create. Use effective user ID.
     */
    ownerId = GetUserId();
 
    /*
     * Check that the foreign server exists and that we have USAGE on it. Also
     * get the actual FDW for option validation etc.
     */
    server = GetForeignServerByName(stmt->servername, false);
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(ForeignServerRelationId, server->serverid, ownerId, ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER, server->servername);
 
    fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid);
 
    /*
     * Insert tuple into pg_foreign_table.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(relid);
    values[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftserver - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(server->serverid);
    /* Add table generic options */
    ftoptions = transformGenericOptions(ForeignTableRelationId,
                                        PointerGetDatum(NULL),
                                        stmt->options,
                                        fdw->fdwvalidator);
 
    if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(ftoptions)))
        values[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = ftoptions;
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
 
    tuple = heap_form_tuple(ftrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(ftrel, tuple);
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);
 
    /* Add pg_class dependency on the server */
    myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
    myself.objectId = relid;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    referenced.classId = ForeignServerRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = server->serverid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    table_close(ftrel, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, CatalogTupleInsert(), ObjectAddress::classId, CommandCounterIncrement(), DatumGetPointer(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServerByName(), GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, recordDependencyOn(), RowExclusiveLock, ForeignServer::serverid, ForeignServer::servername, stmt, table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateFunction()

ObjectAddress CreateFunction	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		CreateFunctionStmt *	stmt
	)

Definition at line 1010 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    char       *probin_str;
    char       *prosrc_str;
    Node       *prosqlbody;
    Oid         prorettype;
    bool        returnsSet;
    char       *language;
    Oid         languageOid;
    Oid         languageValidator;
    Node       *transformDefElem = NULL;
    char       *funcname;
    Oid         namespaceId;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    oidvector  *parameterTypes;
    List       *parameterTypes_list = NIL;
    ArrayType  *allParameterTypes;
    ArrayType  *parameterModes;
    ArrayType  *parameterNames;
    List       *inParameterNames_list = NIL;
    List       *parameterDefaults;
    Oid         variadicArgType;
    List       *trftypes_list = NIL;
    ArrayType  *trftypes;
    Oid         requiredResultType;
    bool        isWindowFunc,
                isStrict,
                security,
                isLeakProof;
    char        volatility;
    ArrayType  *proconfig;
    float4      procost;
    float4      prorows;
    Oid         prosupport;
    HeapTuple   languageTuple;
    Form_pg_language languageStruct;
    List       *as_clause;
    char        parallel;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceId = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->funcname,
                                                    &funcname);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceId, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
 
    /* Set default attributes */
    as_clause = NIL;
    language = NULL;
    isWindowFunc = false;
    isStrict = false;
    security = false;
    isLeakProof = false;
    volatility = PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE;
    proconfig = NULL;
    procost = -1;               /* indicates not set */
    prorows = -1;               /* indicates not set */
    prosupport = InvalidOid;
    parallel = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
 
    /* Extract non-default attributes from stmt->options list */
    compute_function_attributes(pstate,
                                stmt->is_procedure,
                                stmt->options,
                                &as_clause, &language, &transformDefElem,
                                &isWindowFunc, &volatility,
                                &isStrict, &security, &isLeakProof,
                                &proconfig, &procost, &prorows,
                                &prosupport, &parallel);
 
    if (!language)
    {
        if (stmt->sql_body)
            language = "sql";
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("no language specified")));
    }
 
    /* Look up the language and validate permissions */
    languageTuple = SearchSysCache1(LANGNAME, PointerGetDatum(language));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(languageTuple))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("language \"%s\" does not exist", language),
                 (extension_file_exists(language) ?
                  errhint("Use CREATE EXTENSION to load the language into the database.") : 0)));
 
    languageStruct = (Form_pg_language) GETSTRUCT(languageTuple);
    languageOid = languageStruct->oid;
 
    if (languageStruct->lanpltrusted)
    {
        /* if trusted language, need USAGE privilege */
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(LanguageRelationId, languageOid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_LANGUAGE,
                           NameStr(languageStruct->lanname));
    }
    else
    {
        /* if untrusted language, must be superuser */
        if (!superuser())
            aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, OBJECT_LANGUAGE,
                           NameStr(languageStruct->lanname));
    }
 
    languageValidator = languageStruct->lanvalidator;
 
    ReleaseSysCache(languageTuple);
 
    /*
     * Only superuser is allowed to create leakproof functions because
     * leakproof functions can see tuples which have not yet been filtered out
     * by security barrier views or row-level security policies.
     */
    if (isLeakProof && !superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("only superuser can define a leakproof function")));
 
    if (transformDefElem)
    {
        ListCell   *lc;
 
        foreach(lc, castNode(List, transformDefElem))
        {
            Oid         typeid = typenameTypeId(NULL,
                                                lfirst_node(TypeName, lc));
            Oid         elt = get_base_element_type(typeid);
 
            typeid = elt ? elt : typeid;
 
            get_transform_oid(typeid, languageOid, false);
            trftypes_list = lappend_oid(trftypes_list, typeid);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Convert remaining parameters of CREATE to form wanted by
     * ProcedureCreate.
     */
    interpret_function_parameter_list(pstate,
                                      stmt->parameters,
                                      languageOid,
                                      stmt->is_procedure ? OBJECT_PROCEDURE : OBJECT_FUNCTION,
                                      &parameterTypes,
                                      &parameterTypes_list,
                                      &allParameterTypes,
                                      &parameterModes,
                                      &parameterNames,
                                      &inParameterNames_list,
                                      &parameterDefaults,
                                      &variadicArgType,
                                      &requiredResultType);
 
    if (stmt->is_procedure)
    {
        Assert(!stmt->returnType);
        prorettype = requiredResultType ? requiredResultType : VOIDOID;
        returnsSet = false;
    }
    else if (stmt->returnType)
    {
        /* explicit RETURNS clause */
        compute_return_type(stmt->returnType, languageOid,
                            &prorettype, &returnsSet);
        if (OidIsValid(requiredResultType) && prorettype != requiredResultType)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("function result type must be %s because of OUT parameters",
                            format_type_be(requiredResultType))));
    }
    else if (OidIsValid(requiredResultType))
    {
        /* default RETURNS clause from OUT parameters */
        prorettype = requiredResultType;
        returnsSet = false;
    }
    else
    {
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("function result type must be specified")));
        /* Alternative possibility: default to RETURNS VOID */
        prorettype = VOIDOID;
        returnsSet = false;
    }
 
    if (trftypes_list != NIL)
    {
        ListCell   *lc;
        Datum      *arr;
        int         i;
 
        arr = palloc(list_length(trftypes_list) * sizeof(Datum));
        i = 0;
        foreach(lc, trftypes_list)
            arr[i++] = ObjectIdGetDatum(lfirst_oid(lc));
        trftypes = construct_array_builtin(arr, list_length(trftypes_list), OIDOID);
    }
    else
    {
        /* store SQL NULL instead of empty array */
        trftypes = NULL;
    }
 
    interpret_AS_clause(languageOid, language, funcname, as_clause, stmt->sql_body,
                        parameterTypes_list, inParameterNames_list,
                        &prosrc_str, &probin_str, &prosqlbody,
                        pstate->p_sourcetext);
 
    /*
     * Set default values for COST and ROWS depending on other parameters;
     * reject ROWS if it's not returnsSet.  NB: pg_dump knows these default
     * values, keep it in sync if you change them.
     */
    if (procost < 0)
    {
        /* SQL and PL-language functions are assumed more expensive */
        if (languageOid == INTERNALlanguageId ||
            languageOid == ClanguageId)
            procost = 1;
        else
            procost = 100;
    }
    if (prorows < 0)
    {
        if (returnsSet)
            prorows = 1000;
        else
            prorows = 0;        /* dummy value if not returnsSet */
    }
    else if (!returnsSet)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                 errmsg("ROWS is not applicable when function does not return a set")));
 
    /*
     * And now that we have all the parameters, and know we're permitted to do
     * so, go ahead and create the function.
     */
    return ProcedureCreate(funcname,
                           namespaceId,
                           stmt->replace,
                           returnsSet,
                           prorettype,
                           GetUserId(),
                           languageOid,
                           languageValidator,
                           prosrc_str,  /* converted to text later */
                           probin_str,  /* converted to text later */
                           prosqlbody,
                           stmt->is_procedure ? PROKIND_PROCEDURE : (isWindowFunc ? PROKIND_WINDOW : PROKIND_FUNCTION),
                           security,
                           isLeakProof,
                           isStrict,
                           volatility,
                           parallel,
                           parameterTypes,
                           PointerGetDatum(allParameterTypes),
                           PointerGetDatum(parameterModes),
                           PointerGetDatum(parameterNames),
                           parameterDefaults,
                           PointerGetDatum(trftypes),
                           PointerGetDatum(proconfig),
                           prosupport,
                           procost,
                           prorows);
}

References ACL_CREATE, ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, ACLCHECK_OK, Assert, castNode, compute_function_attributes(), compute_return_type(), construct_array_builtin(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, extension_file_exists(), format_type_be(), funcname, get_base_element_type(), get_namespace_name(), get_transform_oid(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, interpret_AS_clause(), interpret_function_parameter_list(), InvalidOid, lappend_oid(), lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, list_length(), NameStr, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, OBJECT_LANGUAGE, OBJECT_PROCEDURE, OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc(), PointerGetDatum(), ProcedureCreate(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), stmt, superuser(), and typenameTypeId().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateStatistics()

ObjectAddress CreateStatistics

(

CreateStatsStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 62 of file statscmds.c.

{
    int16       attnums[STATS_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
    int         nattnums = 0;
    int         numcols;
    char       *namestr;
    NameData    stxname;
    Oid         statoid;
    Oid         namespaceId;
    Oid         stxowner = GetUserId();
    HeapTuple   htup;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_statistic_ext];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_statistic_ext];
    int2vector *stxkeys;
    List       *stxexprs = NIL;
    Datum       exprsDatum;
    Relation    statrel;
    Relation    rel = NULL;
    Oid         relid;
    ObjectAddress parentobject,
                myself;
    Datum       types[4];       /* one for each possible type of statistic */
    int         ntypes;
    ArrayType  *stxkind;
    bool        build_ndistinct;
    bool        build_dependencies;
    bool        build_mcv;
    bool        build_expressions;
    bool        requested_type = false;
    int         i;
    ListCell   *cell;
    ListCell   *cell2;
 
    Assert(IsA(stmt, CreateStatsStmt));
 
    /*
     * Examine the FROM clause.  Currently, we only allow it to be a single
     * simple table, but later we'll probably allow multiple tables and JOIN
     * syntax.  The grammar is already prepared for that, so we have to check
     * here that what we got is what we can support.
     */
    if (list_length(stmt->relations) != 1)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("only a single relation is allowed in CREATE STATISTICS")));
 
    foreach(cell, stmt->relations)
    {
        Node       *rln = (Node *) lfirst(cell);
 
        if (!IsA(rln, RangeVar))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("only a single relation is allowed in CREATE STATISTICS")));
 
        /*
         * CREATE STATISTICS will influence future execution plans but does
         * not interfere with currently executing plans.  So it should be
         * enough to take only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on relation,
         * conflicting with ANALYZE and other DDL that sets statistical
         * information, but not with normal queries.
         */
        rel = relation_openrv((RangeVar *) rln, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
 
        /* Restrict to allowed relation types */
        if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
            rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW &&
            rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
            rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("cannot define statistics for relation \"%s\"",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
 
        /* You must own the relation to create stats on it */
        if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), stxowner))
            aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
                           RelationGetRelationName(rel));
 
        /* Creating statistics on system catalogs is not allowed */
        if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                     errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    }
 
    Assert(rel);
    relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
 
    /*
     * If the node has a name, split it up and determine creation namespace.
     * If not, put the object in the same namespace as the relation, and cons
     * up a name for it.  (This can happen either via "CREATE STATISTICS ..."
     * or via "CREATE TABLE ... (LIKE)".)
     */
    if (stmt->defnames)
        namespaceId = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->defnames,
                                                        &namestr);
    else
    {
        namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
        namestr = ChooseExtendedStatisticName(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
                                              ChooseExtendedStatisticNameAddition(stmt->exprs),
                                              "stat",
                                              namespaceId);
    }
    namestrcpy(&stxname, namestr);
 
    /*
     * Deal with the possibility that the statistics object already exists.
     */
    if (SearchSysCacheExists2(STATEXTNAMENSP,
                              CStringGetDatum(namestr),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId)))
    {
        if (stmt->if_not_exists)
        {
            /*
             * Since stats objects aren't members of extensions (see comments
             * below), no need for checkMembershipInCurrentExtension here.
             */
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("statistics object \"%s\" already exists, skipping",
                            namestr)));
            relation_close(rel, NoLock);
            return InvalidObjectAddress;
        }
 
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("statistics object \"%s\" already exists", namestr)));
    }
 
    /*
     * Make sure no more than STATS_MAX_DIMENSIONS columns are used. There
     * might be duplicates and so on, but we'll deal with those later.
     */
    numcols = list_length(stmt->exprs);
    if (numcols > STATS_MAX_DIMENSIONS)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
                 errmsg("cannot have more than %d columns in statistics",
                        STATS_MAX_DIMENSIONS)));
 
    /*
     * Convert the expression list to a simple array of attnums, but also keep
     * a list of more complex expressions.  While at it, enforce some
     * constraints - we don't allow extended statistics on system attributes,
     * and we require the data type to have a less-than operator.
     *
     * There are many ways to "mask" a simple attribute reference as an
     * expression, for example "(a+0)" etc. We can't possibly detect all of
     * them, but we handle at least the simple case with the attribute in
     * parens. There'll always be a way around this, if the user is determined
     * (like the "(a+0)" example), but this makes it somewhat consistent with
     * how indexes treat attributes/expressions.
     */
    foreach(cell, stmt->exprs)
    {
        StatsElem  *selem = lfirst_node(StatsElem, cell);
 
        if (selem->name)        /* column reference */
        {
            char       *attname;
            HeapTuple   atttuple;
            Form_pg_attribute attForm;
            TypeCacheEntry *type;
 
            attname = selem->name;
 
            atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relid, attname);
            if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                         errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist",
                                attname)));
            attForm = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple);
 
            /* Disallow use of system attributes in extended stats */
            if (attForm->attnum <= 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("statistics creation on system columns is not supported")));
 
            /* Disallow data types without a less-than operator */
            type = lookup_type_cache(attForm->atttypid, TYPECACHE_LT_OPR);
            if (type->lt_opr == InvalidOid)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("column \"%s\" cannot be used in statistics because its type %s has no default btree operator class",
                                attname, format_type_be(attForm->atttypid))));
 
            attnums[nattnums] = attForm->attnum;
            nattnums++;
            ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
        }
        else if (IsA(selem->expr, Var)) /* column reference in parens */
        {
            Var        *var = (Var *) selem->expr;
            TypeCacheEntry *type;
 
            /* Disallow use of system attributes in extended stats */
            if (var->varattno <= 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("statistics creation on system columns is not supported")));
 
            /* Disallow data types without a less-than operator */
            type = lookup_type_cache(var->vartype, TYPECACHE_LT_OPR);
            if (type->lt_opr == InvalidOid)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("column \"%s\" cannot be used in statistics because its type %s has no default btree operator class",
                                get_attname(relid, var->varattno, false), format_type_be(var->vartype))));
 
            attnums[nattnums] = var->varattno;
            nattnums++;
        }
        else                    /* expression */
        {
            Node       *expr = selem->expr;
            Oid         atttype;
            TypeCacheEntry *type;
            Bitmapset  *attnums = NULL;
            int         k;
 
            Assert(expr != NULL);
 
            /* Disallow expressions referencing system attributes. */
            pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &attnums);
 
            k = -1;
            while ((k = bms_next_member(attnums, k)) >= 0)
            {
                AttrNumber  attnum = k + FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber;
 
                if (attnum <= 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("statistics creation on system columns is not supported")));
            }
 
            /*
             * Disallow data types without a less-than operator.
             *
             * We ignore this for statistics on a single expression, in which
             * case we'll build the regular statistics only (and that code can
             * deal with such data types).
             */
            if (list_length(stmt->exprs) > 1)
            {
                atttype = exprType(expr);
                type = lookup_type_cache(atttype, TYPECACHE_LT_OPR);
                if (type->lt_opr == InvalidOid)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("expression cannot be used in multivariate statistics because its type %s has no default btree operator class",
                                    format_type_be(atttype))));
            }
 
            stxexprs = lappend(stxexprs, expr);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Parse the statistics kinds.
     *
     * First check that if this is the case with a single expression, there
     * are no statistics kinds specified (we don't allow that for the simple
     * CREATE STATISTICS form).
     */
    if ((list_length(stmt->exprs) == 1) && (list_length(stxexprs) == 1))
    {
        /* statistics kinds not specified */
        if (stmt->stat_types != NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("when building statistics on a single expression, statistics kinds may not be specified")));
    }
 
    /* OK, let's check that we recognize the statistics kinds. */
    build_ndistinct = false;
    build_dependencies = false;
    build_mcv = false;
    foreach(cell, stmt->stat_types)
    {
        char       *type = strVal(lfirst(cell));
 
        if (strcmp(type, "ndistinct") == 0)
        {
            build_ndistinct = true;
            requested_type = true;
        }
        else if (strcmp(type, "dependencies") == 0)
        {
            build_dependencies = true;
            requested_type = true;
        }
        else if (strcmp(type, "mcv") == 0)
        {
            build_mcv = true;
            requested_type = true;
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("unrecognized statistics kind \"%s\"",
                            type)));
    }
 
    /*
     * If no statistic type was specified, build them all (but only when the
     * statistics is defined on more than one column/expression).
     */
    if ((!requested_type) && (numcols >= 2))
    {
        build_ndistinct = true;
        build_dependencies = true;
        build_mcv = true;
    }
 
    /*
     * When there are non-trivial expressions, build the expression stats
     * automatically. This allows calculating good estimates for stats that
     * consider per-clause estimates (e.g. functional dependencies).
     */
    build_expressions = (stxexprs != NIL);
 
    /*
     * Check that at least two columns were specified in the statement, or
     * that we're building statistics on a single expression.
     */
    if ((numcols < 2) && (list_length(stxexprs) != 1))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("extended statistics require at least 2 columns")));
 
    /*
     * Sort the attnums, which makes detecting duplicates somewhat easier, and
     * it does not hurt (it does not matter for the contents, unlike for
     * indexes, for example).
     */
    qsort(attnums, nattnums, sizeof(int16), compare_int16);
 
    /*
     * Check for duplicates in the list of columns. The attnums are sorted so
     * just check consecutive elements.
     */
    for (i = 1; i < nattnums; i++)
    {
        if (attnums[i] == attnums[i - 1])
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
                     errmsg("duplicate column name in statistics definition")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Check for duplicate expressions. We do two loops, counting the
     * occurrences of each expression. This is O(N^2) but we only allow small
     * number of expressions and it's not executed often.
     *
     * XXX We don't cross-check attributes and expressions, because it does
     * not seem worth it. In principle we could check that expressions don't
     * contain trivial attribute references like "(a)", but the reasoning is
     * similar to why we don't bother with extracting columns from
     * expressions. It's either expensive or very easy to defeat for
     * determined user, and there's no risk if we allow such statistics (the
     * statistics is useless, but harmless).
     */
    foreach(cell, stxexprs)
    {
        Node       *expr1 = (Node *) lfirst(cell);
        int         cnt = 0;
 
        foreach(cell2, stxexprs)
        {
            Node       *expr2 = (Node *) lfirst(cell2);
 
            if (equal(expr1, expr2))
                cnt += 1;
        }
 
        /* every expression should find at least itself */
        Assert(cnt >= 1);
 
        if (cnt > 1)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
                     errmsg("duplicate expression in statistics definition")));
    }
 
    /* Form an int2vector representation of the sorted column list */
    stxkeys = buildint2vector(attnums, nattnums);
 
    /* construct the char array of enabled statistic types */
    ntypes = 0;
    if (build_ndistinct)
        types[ntypes++] = CharGetDatum(STATS_EXT_NDISTINCT);
    if (build_dependencies)
        types[ntypes++] = CharGetDatum(STATS_EXT_DEPENDENCIES);
    if (build_mcv)
        types[ntypes++] = CharGetDatum(STATS_EXT_MCV);
    if (build_expressions)
        types[ntypes++] = CharGetDatum(STATS_EXT_EXPRESSIONS);
    Assert(ntypes > 0 && ntypes <= lengthof(types));
    stxkind = construct_array_builtin(types, ntypes, CHAROID);
 
    /* convert the expressions (if any) to a text datum */
    if (stxexprs != NIL)
    {
        char       *exprsString;
 
        exprsString = nodeToString(stxexprs);
        exprsDatum = CStringGetTextDatum(exprsString);
        pfree(exprsString);
    }
    else
        exprsDatum = (Datum) 0;
 
    statrel = table_open(StatisticExtRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Everything seems fine, so let's build the pg_statistic_ext tuple.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    statoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(statrel, StatisticExtOidIndexId,
                                 Anum_pg_statistic_ext_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(statoid);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(relid);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&stxname);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(stxowner);
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxkeys - 1] = PointerGetDatum(stxkeys);
    nulls[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxstattarget - 1] = true;
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxkind - 1] = PointerGetDatum(stxkind);
 
    values[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxexprs - 1] = exprsDatum;
    if (exprsDatum == (Datum) 0)
        nulls[Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxexprs - 1] = true;
 
    /* insert it into pg_statistic_ext */
    htup = heap_form_tuple(statrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
    CatalogTupleInsert(statrel, htup);
    heap_freetuple(htup);
 
    relation_close(statrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * We used to create the pg_statistic_ext_data tuple too, but it's not
     * clear what value should the stxdinherit flag have (it depends on
     * whether the rel is partitioned, contains data, etc.)
     */
 
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(StatisticExtRelationId, statoid, 0);
 
    /*
     * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new statistics object.
     */
    CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
 
    relation_close(rel, NoLock);
 
    /*
     * Add an AUTO dependency on each column used in the stats, so that the
     * stats object goes away if any or all of them get dropped.
     */
    ObjectAddressSet(myself, StatisticExtRelationId, statoid);
 
    /* add dependencies for plain column references */
    for (i = 0; i < nattnums; i++)
    {
        ObjectAddressSubSet(parentobject, RelationRelationId, relid, attnums[i]);
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &parentobject, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    }
 
    /*
     * If there are no dependencies on a column, give the statistics object an
     * auto dependency on the whole table.  In most cases, this will be
     * redundant, but it might not be if the statistics expressions contain no
     * Vars (which might seem strange but possible). This is consistent with
     * what we do for indexes in index_create.
     *
     * XXX We intentionally don't consider the expressions before adding this
     * dependency, because recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr may not create any
     * dependencies for whole-row Vars.
     */
    if (!nattnums)
    {
        ObjectAddressSet(parentobject, RelationRelationId, relid);
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &parentobject, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    }
 
    /*
     * Store dependencies on anything mentioned in statistics expressions,
     * just like we do for index expressions.
     */
    if (stxexprs)
        recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(&myself,
                                        (Node *) stxexprs,
                                        relid,
                                        DEPENDENCY_NORMAL,
                                        DEPENDENCY_AUTO, false);
 
    /*
     * Also add dependencies on namespace and owner.  These are required
     * because the stats object might have a different namespace and/or owner
     * than the underlying table(s).
     */
    ObjectAddressSet(parentobject, NamespaceRelationId, namespaceId);
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &parentobject, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    recordDependencyOnOwner(StatisticExtRelationId, statoid, stxowner);
 
    /*
     * XXX probably there should be a recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension call
     * here too, but we'd have to add support for ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP
     * STATISTICS, which is more work than it seems worth.
     */
 
    /* Add any requested comment */
    if (stmt->stxcomment != NULL)
        CreateComments(statoid, StatisticExtRelationId, 0,
                       stmt->stxcomment);
 
    /* Return stats object's address */
    return myself;
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, Assert, attname, attnum, bms_next_member(), buildint2vector(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleInsert(), CharGetDatum(), ChooseExtendedStatisticName(), ChooseExtendedStatisticNameAddition(), compare_int16(), construct_array_builtin(), CreateComments(), CStringGetDatum(), CStringGetTextDatum, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, equal(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, StatsElem::expr, exprType(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, format_type_be(), get_attname(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, if(), InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, IsA, IsSystemRelation(), lappend(), lengthof, lfirst, lfirst_node, list_length(), lookup_type_cache(), StatsElem::name, NameGetDatum(), namestrcpy(), NIL, nodeToString(), NoLock, NOTICE, object_ownercheck(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pfree(), PointerGetDatum(), pull_varattnos(), qsort, QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnOwner(), recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(), relation_close(), relation_openrv(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SearchSysCacheExists2, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, STATS_MAX_DIMENSIONS, stmt, strVal, table_open(), type, TYPECACHE_LT_OPR, types, values, and Var::varattno.

Referenced by ATExecAddStatistics(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateTransform()

ObjectAddress CreateTransform

(

CreateTransformStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1800 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    Oid         typeid;
    char        typtype;
    Oid         langid;
    Oid         fromsqlfuncid;
    Oid         tosqlfuncid;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    Form_pg_proc procstruct;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_transform];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_transform] = {0};
    bool        replaces[Natts_pg_transform] = {0};
    Oid         transformid;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    HeapTuple   newtuple;
    Relation    relation;
    ObjectAddress myself,
                referenced;
    ObjectAddresses *addrs;
    bool        is_replace;
 
    /*
     * Get the type
     */
    typeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->type_name);
    typtype = get_typtype(typeid);
 
    if (typtype == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("data type %s is a pseudo-type",
                        TypeNameToString(stmt->type_name))));
 
    if (typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("data type %s is a domain",
                        TypeNameToString(stmt->type_name))));
 
    if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, typeid, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, typeid);
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, typeid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, typeid);
 
    /*
     * Get the language
     */
    langid = get_language_oid(stmt->lang, false);
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(LanguageRelationId, langid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_LANGUAGE, stmt->lang);
 
    /*
     * Get the functions
     */
    if (stmt->fromsql)
    {
        fromsqlfuncid = LookupFuncWithArgs(OBJECT_FUNCTION, stmt->fromsql, false);
 
        if (!object_ownercheck(ProcedureRelationId, fromsqlfuncid, GetUserId()))
            aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_FUNCTION, NameListToString(stmt->fromsql->objname));
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, fromsqlfuncid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION, NameListToString(stmt->fromsql->objname));
 
        tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fromsqlfuncid));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", fromsqlfuncid);
        procstruct = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
        if (procstruct->prorettype != INTERNALOID)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("return data type of FROM SQL function must be %s",
                            "internal")));
        check_transform_function(procstruct);
        ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    }
    else
        fromsqlfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
    if (stmt->tosql)
    {
        tosqlfuncid = LookupFuncWithArgs(OBJECT_FUNCTION, stmt->tosql, false);
 
        if (!object_ownercheck(ProcedureRelationId, tosqlfuncid, GetUserId()))
            aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_FUNCTION, NameListToString(stmt->tosql->objname));
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, tosqlfuncid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION, NameListToString(stmt->tosql->objname));
 
        tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(tosqlfuncid));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", tosqlfuncid);
        procstruct = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
        if (procstruct->prorettype != typeid)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("return data type of TO SQL function must be the transform data type")));
        check_transform_function(procstruct);
        ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    }
    else
        tosqlfuncid = InvalidOid;
 
    /*
     * Ready to go
     */
    values[Anum_pg_transform_trftype - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(typeid);
    values[Anum_pg_transform_trflang - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(langid);
    values[Anum_pg_transform_trffromsql - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(fromsqlfuncid);
    values[Anum_pg_transform_trftosql - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(tosqlfuncid);
 
    relation = table_open(TransformRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tuple = SearchSysCache2(TRFTYPELANG,
                            ObjectIdGetDatum(typeid),
                            ObjectIdGetDatum(langid));
    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    {
        Form_pg_transform form = (Form_pg_transform) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
        if (!stmt->replace)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("transform for type %s language \"%s\" already exists",
                            format_type_be(typeid),
                            stmt->lang)));
 
        replaces[Anum_pg_transform_trffromsql - 1] = true;
        replaces[Anum_pg_transform_trftosql - 1] = true;
 
        newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(relation), values, nulls, replaces);
        CatalogTupleUpdate(relation, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
 
        transformid = form->oid;
        ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
        is_replace = true;
    }
    else
    {
        transformid = GetNewOidWithIndex(relation, TransformOidIndexId,
                                         Anum_pg_transform_oid);
        values[Anum_pg_transform_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(transformid);
        newtuple = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(relation), values, nulls);
        CatalogTupleInsert(relation, newtuple);
        is_replace = false;
    }
 
    if (is_replace)
        deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TransformRelationId, transformid, true);
 
    addrs = new_object_addresses();
 
    /* make dependency entries */
    ObjectAddressSet(myself, TransformRelationId, transformid);
 
    /* dependency on language */
    ObjectAddressSet(referenced, LanguageRelationId, langid);
    add_exact_object_address(&referenced, addrs);
 
    /* dependency on type */
    ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TypeRelationId, typeid);
    add_exact_object_address(&referenced, addrs);
 
    /* dependencies on functions */
    if (OidIsValid(fromsqlfuncid))
    {
        ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ProcedureRelationId, fromsqlfuncid);
        add_exact_object_address(&referenced, addrs);
    }
    if (OidIsValid(tosqlfuncid))
    {
        ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ProcedureRelationId, tosqlfuncid);
        add_exact_object_address(&referenced, addrs);
    }
 
    record_object_address_dependencies(&myself, addrs, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    free_object_addresses(addrs);
 
    /* dependency on extension */
    recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(&myself, is_replace);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new transform */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(TransformRelationId, transformid, 0);
 
    heap_freetuple(newtuple);
 
    table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References ACL_EXECUTE, ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, add_exact_object_address(), CatalogTupleInsert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_transform_function(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), free_object_addresses(), get_language_oid(), get_typtype(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, LookupFuncWithArgs(), NameListToString(), new_object_addresses(), object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, OBJECT_LANGUAGE, object_ownercheck(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, record_object_address_dependencies(), recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(), RelationGetDescr, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCache2(), stmt, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TypeNameToString(), typenameTypeId(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

CreateUserMapping()

ObjectAddress CreateUserMapping

(

CreateUserMappingStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1100 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    Relation    rel;
    Datum       useoptions;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_user_mapping];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_user_mapping];
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Oid         useId;
    Oid         umId;
    ObjectAddress myself;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
    ForeignServer *srv;
    ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
    RoleSpec   *role = (RoleSpec *) stmt->user;
 
    rel = table_open(UserMappingRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    if (role->roletype == ROLESPEC_PUBLIC)
        useId = ACL_ID_PUBLIC;
    else
        useId = get_rolespec_oid(stmt->user, false);
 
    /* Check that the server exists. */
    srv = GetForeignServerByName(stmt->servername, false);
 
    user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck(useId, srv->serverid, stmt->servername);
 
    /*
     * Check that the user mapping is unique within server.
     */
    umId = GetSysCacheOid2(USERMAPPINGUSERSERVER, Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid,
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(useId),
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(srv->serverid));
 
    if (OidIsValid(umId))
    {
        if (stmt->if_not_exists)
        {
            /*
             * Since user mappings aren't members of extensions (see comments
             * below), no need for checkMembershipInCurrentExtension here.
             */
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("user mapping for \"%s\" already exists for server \"%s\", skipping",
                            MappingUserName(useId),
                            stmt->servername)));
 
            table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
            return InvalidObjectAddress;
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("user mapping for \"%s\" already exists for server \"%s\"",
                            MappingUserName(useId),
                            stmt->servername)));
    }
 
    fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(srv->fdwid);
 
    /*
     * Insert tuple into pg_user_mapping.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    umId = GetNewOidWithIndex(rel, UserMappingOidIndexId,
                              Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(umId);
    values[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umuser - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(useId);
    values[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umserver - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(srv->serverid);
 
    /* Add user options */
    useoptions = transformGenericOptions(UserMappingRelationId,
                                         PointerGetDatum(NULL),
                                         stmt->options,
                                         fdw->fdwvalidator);
 
    if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(useoptions)))
        values[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions - 1] = useoptions;
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_user_mapping_umoptions - 1] = true;
 
    tuple = heap_form_tuple(rel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(rel, tuple);
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);
 
    /* Add dependency on the server */
    myself.classId = UserMappingRelationId;
    myself.objectId = umId;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    referenced.classId = ForeignServerRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = srv->serverid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    if (OidIsValid(useId))
    {
        /* Record the mapped user dependency */
        recordDependencyOnOwner(UserMappingRelationId, umId, useId);
    }
 
    /*
     * Perhaps someday there should be a recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension
     * call here; but since roles aren't members of extensions, it seems like
     * user mappings shouldn't be either.  Note that the grammar and pg_dump
     * would need to be extended too if we change this.
     */
 
    /* Post creation hook for new user mapping */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(UserMappingRelationId, umId, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References ACL_ID_PUBLIC, CatalogTupleInsert(), ObjectAddress::classId, DatumGetPointer(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, get_rolespec_oid(), GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServerByName(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GetSysCacheOid2, heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, MappingUserName, NOTICE, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), PointerIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnOwner(), ROLESPEC_PUBLIC, RoleSpec::roletype, RowExclusiveLock, ForeignServer::serverid, stmt, table_close(), table_open(), transformGenericOptions(), user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

defGetBoolean()

bool defGetBoolean

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 107 of file define.c.

{
    /*
     * If no parameter value given, assume "true" is meant.
     */
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        return true;
 
    /*
     * Allow 0, 1, "true", "false", "on", "off"
     */
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            switch (intVal(def->arg))
            {
                case 0:
                    return false;
                case 1:
                    return true;
                default:
                    /* otherwise, error out below */
                    break;
            }
            break;
        default:
            {
                char       *sval = defGetString(def);
 
                /*
                 * The set of strings accepted here should match up with the
                 * grammar's opt_boolean_or_string production.
                 */
                if (pg_strcasecmp(sval, "true") == 0)
                    return true;
                if (pg_strcasecmp(sval, "false") == 0)
                    return false;
                if (pg_strcasecmp(sval, "on") == 0)
                    return true;
                if (pg_strcasecmp(sval, "off") == 0)
                    return false;
            }
            break;
    }
    ereport(ERROR,
            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
             errmsg("%s requires a Boolean value",
                    def->defname)));
    return false;               /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, defGetString(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, intVal, nodeTag, and pg_strcasecmp().

Referenced by AlterDatabase(), AlterOperator(), apply_server_options(), apply_table_options(), cluster(), createdb(), CreateExtension(), DefineAggregate(), DefineCollation(), DefineOperator(), DefineType(), dintdict_init(), dsimple_init(), dsynonym_init(), dxsyn_init(), ExecReindex(), ExecVacuum(), ExplainQuery(), file_fdw_validator(), get_file_fdw_attribute_options(), get_vacoptval_from_boolean(), GetCommandLogLevel(), make_new_connection(), parse_basebackup_options(), parse_output_parameters(), parse_publication_options(), parse_subscription_options(), ParseAlterReplSlotOptions(), parseCreateReplSlotOptions(), postgres_fdw_validator(), postgresExecForeignTruncate(), postgresImportForeignSchema(), postgresIsForeignRelUpdatable(), ProcessCopyOptions(), transformExplainStmt(), transformRelOptions(), and UserMappingPasswordRequired().

defGetInt32()

int32 defGetInt32

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 162 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires an integer value",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return (int32) intVal(def->arg);
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("%s requires an integer value",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return 0;                   /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, intVal, and nodeTag.

Referenced by AlterDatabase(), ATExecSetIdentity(), createdb(), DefineAggregate(), and ExecVacuum().

defGetInt64()

int64 defGetInt64

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 186 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return (int64) intVal(def->arg);
        case T_Float:
 
            /*
             * Values too large for int4 will be represented as Float
             * constants by the lexer.  Accept these if they are valid int8
             * strings.
             */
            return DatumGetInt64(DirectFunctionCall1(int8in,
                                                     CStringGetDatum(castNode(Float, def->arg)->fval)));
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return 0;                   /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, castNode, CStringGetDatum(), DatumGetInt64(), DefElem::defname, DirectFunctionCall1, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, int8in(), intVal, and nodeTag.

Referenced by init_params(), and parse_basebackup_options().

defGetNumeric()

double defGetNumeric

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 81 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return (double) intVal(def->arg);
        case T_Float:
            return floatVal(def->arg);
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return 0;                   /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, floatVal, intVal, and nodeTag.

Referenced by AlterFunction(), and compute_function_attributes().

defGetObjectId()

Oid defGetObjectId

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 219 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return (Oid) intVal(def->arg);
        case T_Float:
 
            /*
             * Values too large for int4 will be represented as Float
             * constants by the lexer.  Accept these if they are valid OID
             * strings.
             */
            return DatumGetObjectId(DirectFunctionCall1(oidin,
                                                        CStringGetDatum(castNode(Float, def->arg)->fval)));
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("%s requires a numeric value",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return 0;                   /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, castNode, CStringGetDatum(), DatumGetObjectId(), DefElem::defname, DirectFunctionCall1, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, intVal, nodeTag, and oidin().

Referenced by createdb().

defGetQualifiedName()

List* defGetQualifiedName

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 252 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a parameter",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_TypeName:
            return ((TypeName *) def->arg)->names;
        case T_List:
            return (List *) def->arg;
        case T_String:
            /* Allow quoted name for backwards compatibility */
            return list_make1(def->arg);
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("argument of %s must be a name",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return NIL;                 /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, list_make1, NIL, and nodeTag.

Referenced by AlterOperator(), AlterType(), DefineAggregate(), DefineCollation(), DefineOperator(), DefineRange(), DefineTSConfiguration(), DefineTSDictionary(), DefineType(), get_ts_parser_func(), get_ts_template_func(), init_params(), and interpret_func_support().

defGetString()

char* defGetString

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 48 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a parameter",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return psprintf("%ld", (long) intVal(def->arg));
        case T_Float:
            return castNode(Float, def->arg)->fval;
        case T_Boolean:
            return boolVal(def->arg) ? "true" : "false";
        case T_String:
            return strVal(def->arg);
        case T_TypeName:
            return TypeNameToString((TypeName *) def->arg);
        case T_List:
            return NameListToString((List *) def->arg);
        case T_A_Star:
            return pstrdup("*");
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(def->arg));
    }
    return NULL;                /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, boolVal, castNode, DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, intVal, NameListToString(), nodeTag, psprintf(), pstrdup(), strVal, and TypeNameToString().

Referenced by AlterDatabase(), AlterType(), apply_server_options(), apply_table_options(), check_selective_binary_conversion(), createdb(), CreateExtension(), defGetBoolean(), defGetCopyHeaderChoice(), defGetCopyLogVerbosityChoice(), defGetCopyOnErrorChoice(), defGetStreamingMode(), defGetTypeLength(), DefineAggregate(), DefineCollation(), DefineType(), deparseAnalyzeSql(), deparseColumnRef(), deparseRelation(), dintdict_init(), dispell_init(), dsimple_init(), dsnowball_init(), dsynonym_init(), dxsyn_init(), ExecReindex(), ExecVacuum(), ExplainQuery(), ExplainResultDesc(), ExtractConnectionOptions(), extractModify(), file_fdw_validator(), fileGetOptions(), get_batch_size_option(), GrantRole(), optionListToArray(), parse_basebackup_options(), parse_output_parameters(), parse_publication_options(), parse_subscription_options(), parseCreateReplSlotOptions(), postgres_fdw_validator(), postgresAcquireSampleRowsFunc(), ProcessCopyOptions(), prsd_headline(), serialize_deflist(), thesaurus_init(), transformRelOptions(), and unaccent_init().

defGetStringList()

List* defGetStringList

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 356 of file define.c.

{
    ListCell   *cell;
 
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a parameter",
                        def->defname)));
    if (nodeTag(def->arg) != T_List)
        elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(def->arg));
 
    foreach(cell, (List *) def->arg)
    {
        Node       *str = (Node *) lfirst(cell);
 
        if (!IsA(str, String))
            elog(ERROR, "unexpected node type in name list: %d",
                 (int) nodeTag(str));
    }
 
    return (List *) def->arg;
}

References DefElem::arg, DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, IsA, lfirst, nodeTag, and str.

defGetTypeLength()

int defGetTypeLength

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 312 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a parameter",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_Integer:
            return intVal(def->arg);
        case T_Float:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("%s requires an integer value",
                            def->defname)));
            break;
        case T_String:
            if (pg_strcasecmp(strVal(def->arg), "variable") == 0)
                return -1;      /* variable length */
            break;
        case T_TypeName:
            /* cope if grammar chooses to believe "variable" is a typename */
            if (pg_strcasecmp(TypeNameToString((TypeName *) def->arg),
                              "variable") == 0)
                return -1;      /* variable length */
            break;
        case T_List:
            /* must be an operator name */
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(def->arg));
    }
    ereport(ERROR,
            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
             errmsg("invalid argument for %s: \"%s\"",
                    def->defname, defGetString(def))));
    return 0;                   /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, defGetString(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, intVal, nodeTag, pg_strcasecmp(), strVal, and TypeNameToString().

Referenced by DefineType().

defGetTypeName()

TypeName* defGetTypeName

(

DefElem *

def

)

Definition at line 284 of file define.c.

{
    if (def->arg == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("%s requires a parameter",
                        def->defname)));
    switch (nodeTag(def->arg))
    {
        case T_TypeName:
            return (TypeName *) def->arg;
        case T_String:
            /* Allow quoted typename for backwards compatibility */
            return makeTypeNameFromNameList(list_make1(def->arg));
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("argument of %s must be a type name",
                            def->defname)));
    }
    return NULL;                /* keep compiler quiet */
}

References DefElem::arg, DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, list_make1, makeTypeNameFromNameList(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by DefineAggregate(), DefineOperator(), DefineRange(), DefineType(), and init_params().

DefineAggregate()

ObjectAddress DefineAggregate	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		List *	name,
		List *	args,
		bool	oldstyle,
		List *	parameters,
		bool	replace
	)

Definition at line 53 of file aggregatecmds.c.

{
    char       *aggName;
    Oid         aggNamespace;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    char        aggKind = AGGKIND_NORMAL;
    List       *transfuncName = NIL;
    List       *finalfuncName = NIL;
    List       *combinefuncName = NIL;
    List       *serialfuncName = NIL;
    List       *deserialfuncName = NIL;
    List       *mtransfuncName = NIL;
    List       *minvtransfuncName = NIL;
    List       *mfinalfuncName = NIL;
    bool        finalfuncExtraArgs = false;
    bool        mfinalfuncExtraArgs = false;
    char        finalfuncModify = 0;
    char        mfinalfuncModify = 0;
    List       *sortoperatorName = NIL;
    TypeName   *baseType = NULL;
    TypeName   *transType = NULL;
    TypeName   *mtransType = NULL;
    int32       transSpace = 0;
    int32       mtransSpace = 0;
    char       *initval = NULL;
    char       *minitval = NULL;
    char       *parallel = NULL;
    int         numArgs;
    int         numDirectArgs = 0;
    oidvector  *parameterTypes;
    ArrayType  *allParameterTypes;
    ArrayType  *parameterModes;
    ArrayType  *parameterNames;
    List       *parameterDefaults;
    Oid         variadicArgType;
    Oid         transTypeId;
    Oid         mtransTypeId = InvalidOid;
    char        transTypeType;
    char        mtransTypeType = 0;
    char        proparallel = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
    ListCell   *pl;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    aggNamespace = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(name, &aggName);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, aggNamespace, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(aggNamespace));
 
    /* Deconstruct the output of the aggr_args grammar production */
    if (!oldstyle)
    {
        Assert(list_length(args) == 2);
        numDirectArgs = intVal(lsecond(args));
        if (numDirectArgs >= 0)
            aggKind = AGGKIND_ORDERED_SET;
        else
            numDirectArgs = 0;
        args = linitial_node(List, args);
    }
 
    /* Examine aggregate's definition clauses */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = lfirst_node(DefElem, pl);
 
        /*
         * sfunc1, stype1, and initcond1 are accepted as obsolete spellings
         * for sfunc, stype, initcond.
         */
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sfunc") == 0)
            transfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sfunc1") == 0)
            transfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "finalfunc") == 0)
            finalfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "combinefunc") == 0)
            combinefuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "serialfunc") == 0)
            serialfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "deserialfunc") == 0)
            deserialfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "msfunc") == 0)
            mtransfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "minvfunc") == 0)
            minvtransfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "mfinalfunc") == 0)
            mfinalfuncName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "finalfunc_extra") == 0)
            finalfuncExtraArgs = defGetBoolean(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "mfinalfunc_extra") == 0)
            mfinalfuncExtraArgs = defGetBoolean(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "finalfunc_modify") == 0)
            finalfuncModify = extractModify(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "mfinalfunc_modify") == 0)
            mfinalfuncModify = extractModify(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sortop") == 0)
            sortoperatorName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "basetype") == 0)
            baseType = defGetTypeName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "hypothetical") == 0)
        {
            if (defGetBoolean(defel))
            {
                if (aggKind == AGGKIND_NORMAL)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("only ordered-set aggregates can be hypothetical")));
                aggKind = AGGKIND_HYPOTHETICAL;
            }
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "stype") == 0)
            transType = defGetTypeName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "stype1") == 0)
            transType = defGetTypeName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sspace") == 0)
            transSpace = defGetInt32(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "mstype") == 0)
            mtransType = defGetTypeName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "msspace") == 0)
            mtransSpace = defGetInt32(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "initcond") == 0)
            initval = defGetString(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "initcond1") == 0)
            initval = defGetString(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "minitcond") == 0)
            minitval = defGetString(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "parallel") == 0)
            parallel = defGetString(defel);
        else
            ereport(WARNING,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("aggregate attribute \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
    }
 
    /*
     * make sure we have our required definitions
     */
    if (transType == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("aggregate stype must be specified")));
    if (transfuncName == NIL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("aggregate sfunc must be specified")));
 
    /*
     * if mtransType is given, mtransfuncName and minvtransfuncName must be as
     * well; if not, then none of the moving-aggregate options should have
     * been given.
     */
    if (mtransType != NULL)
    {
        if (mtransfuncName == NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate msfunc must be specified when mstype is specified")));
        if (minvtransfuncName == NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate minvfunc must be specified when mstype is specified")));
    }
    else
    {
        if (mtransfuncName != NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate msfunc must not be specified without mstype")));
        if (minvtransfuncName != NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate minvfunc must not be specified without mstype")));
        if (mfinalfuncName != NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate mfinalfunc must not be specified without mstype")));
        if (mtransSpace != 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate msspace must not be specified without mstype")));
        if (minitval != NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate minitcond must not be specified without mstype")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Default values for modify flags can only be determined once we know the
     * aggKind.
     */
    if (finalfuncModify == 0)
        finalfuncModify = (aggKind == AGGKIND_NORMAL) ? AGGMODIFY_READ_ONLY : AGGMODIFY_READ_WRITE;
    if (mfinalfuncModify == 0)
        mfinalfuncModify = (aggKind == AGGKIND_NORMAL) ? AGGMODIFY_READ_ONLY : AGGMODIFY_READ_WRITE;
 
    /*
     * look up the aggregate's input datatype(s).
     */
    if (oldstyle)
    {
        /*
         * Old style: use basetype parameter.  This supports aggregates of
         * zero or one input, with input type ANY meaning zero inputs.
         *
         * Historically we allowed the command to look like basetype = 'ANY'
         * so we must do a case-insensitive comparison for the name ANY. Ugh.
         */
        Oid         aggArgTypes[1];
 
        if (baseType == NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate input type must be specified")));
 
        if (pg_strcasecmp(TypeNameToString(baseType), "ANY") == 0)
        {
            numArgs = 0;
            aggArgTypes[0] = InvalidOid;
        }
        else
        {
            numArgs = 1;
            aggArgTypes[0] = typenameTypeId(NULL, baseType);
        }
        parameterTypes = buildoidvector(aggArgTypes, numArgs);
        allParameterTypes = NULL;
        parameterModes = NULL;
        parameterNames = NULL;
        parameterDefaults = NIL;
        variadicArgType = InvalidOid;
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * New style: args is a list of FunctionParameters (possibly zero of
         * 'em).  We share functioncmds.c's code for processing them.
         */
        Oid         requiredResultType;
 
        if (baseType != NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("basetype is redundant with aggregate input type specification")));
 
        numArgs = list_length(args);
        interpret_function_parameter_list(pstate,
                                          args,
                                          InvalidOid,
                                          OBJECT_AGGREGATE,
                                          &parameterTypes,
                                          NULL,
                                          &allParameterTypes,
                                          &parameterModes,
                                          &parameterNames,
                                          NULL,
                                          &parameterDefaults,
                                          &variadicArgType,
                                          &requiredResultType);
        /* Parameter defaults are not currently allowed by the grammar */
        Assert(parameterDefaults == NIL);
        /* There shouldn't have been any OUT parameters, either */
        Assert(requiredResultType == InvalidOid);
    }
 
    /*
     * look up the aggregate's transtype.
     *
     * transtype can't be a pseudo-type, since we need to be able to store
     * values of the transtype.  However, we can allow polymorphic transtype
     * in some cases (AggregateCreate will check).  Also, we allow "internal"
     * for functions that want to pass pointers to private data structures;
     * but allow that only to superusers, since you could crash the system (or
     * worse) by connecting up incompatible internal-using functions in an
     * aggregate.
     */
    transTypeId = typenameTypeId(NULL, transType);
    transTypeType = get_typtype(transTypeId);
    if (transTypeType == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO &&
        !IsPolymorphicType(transTypeId))
    {
        if (transTypeId == INTERNALOID && superuser())
             /* okay */ ;
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("aggregate transition data type cannot be %s",
                            format_type_be(transTypeId))));
    }
 
    if (serialfuncName && deserialfuncName)
    {
        /*
         * Serialization is only needed/allowed for transtype INTERNAL.
         */
        if (transTypeId != INTERNALOID)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("serialization functions may be specified only when the aggregate transition data type is %s",
                            format_type_be(INTERNALOID))));
    }
    else if (serialfuncName || deserialfuncName)
    {
        /*
         * Cannot specify one function without the other.
         */
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("must specify both or neither of serialization and deserialization functions")));
    }
 
    /*
     * If a moving-aggregate transtype is specified, look that up.  Same
     * restrictions as for transtype.
     */
    if (mtransType)
    {
        mtransTypeId = typenameTypeId(NULL, mtransType);
        mtransTypeType = get_typtype(mtransTypeId);
        if (mtransTypeType == TYPTYPE_PSEUDO &&
            !IsPolymorphicType(mtransTypeId))
        {
            if (mtransTypeId == INTERNALOID && superuser())
                 /* okay */ ;
            else
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("aggregate transition data type cannot be %s",
                                format_type_be(mtransTypeId))));
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * If we have an initval, and it's not for a pseudotype (particularly a
     * polymorphic type), make sure it's acceptable to the type's input
     * function.  We will store the initval as text, because the input
     * function isn't necessarily immutable (consider "now" for timestamp),
     * and we want to use the runtime not creation-time interpretation of the
     * value.  However, if it's an incorrect value it seems much more
     * user-friendly to complain at CREATE AGGREGATE time.
     */
    if (initval && transTypeType != TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
    {
        Oid         typinput,
                    typioparam;
 
        getTypeInputInfo(transTypeId, &typinput, &typioparam);
        (void) OidInputFunctionCall(typinput, initval, typioparam, -1);
    }
 
    /*
     * Likewise for moving-aggregate initval.
     */
    if (minitval && mtransTypeType != TYPTYPE_PSEUDO)
    {
        Oid         typinput,
                    typioparam;
 
        getTypeInputInfo(mtransTypeId, &typinput, &typioparam);
        (void) OidInputFunctionCall(typinput, minitval, typioparam, -1);
    }
 
    if (parallel)
    {
        if (strcmp(parallel, "safe") == 0)
            proparallel = PROPARALLEL_SAFE;
        else if (strcmp(parallel, "restricted") == 0)
            proparallel = PROPARALLEL_RESTRICTED;
        else if (strcmp(parallel, "unsafe") == 0)
            proparallel = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("parameter \"parallel\" must be SAFE, RESTRICTED, or UNSAFE")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Most of the argument-checking is done inside of AggregateCreate
     */
    return AggregateCreate(aggName, /* aggregate name */
                           aggNamespace,    /* namespace */
                           replace,
                           aggKind,
                           numArgs,
                           numDirectArgs,
                           parameterTypes,
                           PointerGetDatum(allParameterTypes),
                           PointerGetDatum(parameterModes),
                           PointerGetDatum(parameterNames),
                           parameterDefaults,
                           variadicArgType,
                           transfuncName,   /* step function name */
                           finalfuncName,   /* final function name */
                           combinefuncName, /* combine function name */
                           serialfuncName,  /* serial function name */
                           deserialfuncName,    /* deserial function name */
                           mtransfuncName,  /* fwd trans function name */
                           minvtransfuncName,   /* inv trans function name */
                           mfinalfuncName,  /* final function name */
                           finalfuncExtraArgs,
                           mfinalfuncExtraArgs,
                           finalfuncModify,
                           mfinalfuncModify,
                           sortoperatorName,    /* sort operator name */
                           transTypeId, /* transition data type */
                           transSpace,  /* transition space */
                           mtransTypeId,    /* transition data type */
                           mtransSpace, /* transition space */
                           initval, /* initial condition */
                           minitval,    /* initial condition */
                           proparallel);    /* parallel safe? */
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, AggregateCreate(), generate_unaccent_rules::args, Assert, buildoidvector(), defGetBoolean(), defGetInt32(), defGetQualifiedName(), defGetString(), defGetTypeName(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractModify(), format_type_be(), get_namespace_name(), get_typtype(), getTypeInputInfo(), GetUserId(), interpret_function_parameter_list(), intVal, InvalidOid, lfirst_node, linitial_node, list_length(), lsecond, name, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_AGGREGATE, OBJECT_SCHEMA, OidInputFunctionCall(), pg_strcasecmp(), PointerGetDatum(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), superuser(), TypeNameToString(), typenameTypeId(), and WARNING.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineIndex()

ObjectAddress DefineIndex	(	Oid	tableId,
		IndexStmt *	stmt,
		Oid	indexRelationId,
		Oid	parentIndexId,
		Oid	parentConstraintId,
		int	total_parts,
		bool	is_alter_table,
		bool	check_rights,
		bool	check_not_in_use,
		bool	skip_build,
		bool	quiet
	)

Definition at line 535 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    bool        concurrent;
    char       *indexRelationName;
    char       *accessMethodName;
    Oid        *typeIds;
    Oid        *collationIds;
    Oid        *opclassIds;
    Datum      *opclassOptions;
    Oid         accessMethodId;
    Oid         namespaceId;
    Oid         tablespaceId;
    Oid         createdConstraintId = InvalidOid;
    List       *indexColNames;
    List       *allIndexParams;
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_am  accessMethodForm;
    IndexAmRoutine *amRoutine;
    bool        amcanorder;
    bool        amissummarizing;
    amoptions_function amoptions;
    bool        exclusion;
    bool        partitioned;
    bool        safe_index;
    Datum       reloptions;
    int16      *coloptions;
    IndexInfo  *indexInfo;
    bits16      flags;
    bits16      constr_flags;
    int         numberOfAttributes;
    int         numberOfKeyAttributes;
    TransactionId limitXmin;
    ObjectAddress address;
    LockRelId   heaprelid;
    LOCKTAG     heaplocktag;
    LOCKMODE    lockmode;
    Snapshot    snapshot;
    Oid         root_save_userid;
    int         root_save_sec_context;
    int         root_save_nestlevel;
 
    root_save_nestlevel = NewGUCNestLevel();
 
    RestrictSearchPath();
 
    /*
     * Some callers need us to run with an empty default_tablespace; this is a
     * necessary hack to be able to reproduce catalog state accurately when
     * recreating indexes after table-rewriting ALTER TABLE.
     */
    if (stmt->reset_default_tblspc)
        (void) set_config_option("default_tablespace", "",
                                 PGC_USERSET, PGC_S_SESSION,
                                 GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true, 0, false);
 
    /*
     * Force non-concurrent build on temporary relations, even if CONCURRENTLY
     * was requested.  Other backends can't access a temporary relation, so
     * there's no harm in grabbing a stronger lock, and a non-concurrent DROP
     * is more efficient.  Do this before any use of the concurrent option is
     * done.
     */
    if (stmt->concurrent && get_rel_persistence(tableId) != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
        concurrent = true;
    else
        concurrent = false;
 
    /*
     * Start progress report.  If we're building a partition, this was already
     * done.
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(parentIndexId))
    {
        pgstat_progress_start_command(PROGRESS_COMMAND_CREATE_INDEX, tableId);
        pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND,
                                     concurrent ?
                                     PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND_CREATE_CONCURRENTLY :
                                     PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND_CREATE);
    }
 
    /*
     * No index OID to report yet
     */
    pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_INDEX_OID,
                                 InvalidOid);
 
    /*
     * count key attributes in index
     */
    numberOfKeyAttributes = list_length(stmt->indexParams);
 
    /*
     * Calculate the new list of index columns including both key columns and
     * INCLUDE columns.  Later we can determine which of these are key
     * columns, and which are just part of the INCLUDE list by checking the
     * list position.  A list item in a position less than ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs
     * is part of the key columns, and anything equal to and over is part of
     * the INCLUDE columns.
     */
    allIndexParams = list_concat_copy(stmt->indexParams,
                                      stmt->indexIncludingParams);
    numberOfAttributes = list_length(allIndexParams);
 
    if (numberOfKeyAttributes <= 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("must specify at least one column")));
    if (numberOfAttributes > INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
                 errmsg("cannot use more than %d columns in an index",
                        INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
 
    /*
     * Only SELECT ... FOR UPDATE/SHARE are allowed while doing a standard
     * index build; but for concurrent builds we allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE
     * (but not VACUUM).
     *
     * NB: Caller is responsible for making sure that tableId refers to the
     * relation on which the index should be built; except in bootstrap mode,
     * this will typically require the caller to have already locked the
     * relation.  To avoid lock upgrade hazards, that lock should be at least
     * as strong as the one we take here.
     *
     * NB: If the lock strength here ever changes, code that is run by
     * parallel workers under the control of certain particular ambuild
     * functions will need to be updated, too.
     */
    lockmode = concurrent ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : ShareLock;
    rel = table_open(tableId, lockmode);
 
    /*
     * Switch to the table owner's userid, so that any index functions are run
     * as that user.  Also lock down security-restricted operations.  We
     * already arranged to make GUC variable changes local to this command.
     */
    GetUserIdAndSecContext(&root_save_userid, &root_save_sec_context);
    SetUserIdAndSecContext(rel->rd_rel->relowner,
                           root_save_sec_context | SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION);
 
    namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
 
    /*
     * It has exclusion constraint behavior if it's an EXCLUDE constraint or a
     * temporal PRIMARY KEY/UNIQUE constraint
     */
    exclusion = stmt->excludeOpNames || stmt->iswithoutoverlaps;
 
    /* Ensure that it makes sense to index this kind of relation */
    switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind)
    {
        case RELKIND_RELATION:
        case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
        case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
            /* OK */
            break;
        default:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("cannot create index on relation \"%s\"",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
            break;
    }
 
    /*
     * Establish behavior for partitioned tables, and verify sanity of
     * parameters.
     *
     * We do not build an actual index in this case; we only create a few
     * catalog entries.  The actual indexes are built by recursing for each
     * partition.
     */
    partitioned = rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
    if (partitioned)
    {
        /*
         * Note: we check 'stmt->concurrent' rather than 'concurrent', so that
         * the error is thrown also for temporary tables.  Seems better to be
         * consistent, even though we could do it on temporary table because
         * we're not actually doing it concurrently.
         */
        if (stmt->concurrent)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("cannot create index on partitioned table \"%s\" concurrently",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    }
 
    /*
     * Don't try to CREATE INDEX on temp tables of other backends.
     */
    if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("cannot create indexes on temporary tables of other sessions")));
 
    /*
     * Unless our caller vouches for having checked this already, insist that
     * the table not be in use by our own session, either.  Otherwise we might
     * fail to make entries in the new index (for instance, if an INSERT or
     * UPDATE is in progress and has already made its list of target indexes).
     */
    if (check_not_in_use)
        CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "CREATE INDEX");
 
    /*
     * Verify we (still) have CREATE rights in the rel's namespace.
     * (Presumably we did when the rel was created, but maybe not anymore.)
     * Skip check if caller doesn't want it.  Also skip check if
     * bootstrapping, since permissions machinery may not be working yet.
     */
    if (check_rights && !IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
    {
        AclResult   aclresult;
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceId, root_save_userid,
                                    ACL_CREATE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                           get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
    }
 
    /*
     * Select tablespace to use.  If not specified, use default tablespace
     * (which may in turn default to database's default).
     */
    if (stmt->tableSpace)
    {
        tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->tableSpace, false);
        if (partitioned && tablespaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("cannot specify default tablespace for partitioned relations")));
    }
    else
    {
        tablespaceId = GetDefaultTablespace(rel->rd_rel->relpersistence,
                                            partitioned);
        /* note InvalidOid is OK in this case */
    }
 
    /* Check tablespace permissions */
    if (check_rights &&
        OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
    {
        AclResult   aclresult;
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(TableSpaceRelationId, tablespaceId, root_save_userid,
                                    ACL_CREATE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
                           get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId));
    }
 
    /*
     * Force shared indexes into the pg_global tablespace.  This is a bit of a
     * hack but seems simpler than marking them in the BKI commands.  On the
     * other hand, if it's not shared, don't allow it to be placed there.
     */
    if (rel->rd_rel->relisshared)
        tablespaceId = GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID;
    else if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                 errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace")));
 
    /*
     * Choose the index column names.
     */
    indexColNames = ChooseIndexColumnNames(allIndexParams);
 
    /*
     * Select name for index if caller didn't specify
     */
    indexRelationName = stmt->idxname;
    if (indexRelationName == NULL)
        indexRelationName = ChooseIndexName(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
                                            namespaceId,
                                            indexColNames,
                                            stmt->excludeOpNames,
                                            stmt->primary,
                                            stmt->isconstraint);
 
    /*
     * look up the access method, verify it can handle the requested features
     */
    accessMethodName = stmt->accessMethod;
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    {
        /*
         * Hack to provide more-or-less-transparent updating of old RTREE
         * indexes to GiST: if RTREE is requested and not found, use GIST.
         */
        if (strcmp(accessMethodName, "rtree") == 0)
        {
            ereport(NOTICE,
                    (errmsg("substituting access method \"gist\" for obsolete method \"rtree\"")));
            accessMethodName = "gist";
            tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
        }
 
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
                            accessMethodName)));
    }
    accessMethodForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    accessMethodId = accessMethodForm->oid;
    amRoutine = GetIndexAmRoutine(accessMethodForm->amhandler);
 
    pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_ACCESS_METHOD_OID,
                                 accessMethodId);
 
    if (stmt->unique && !stmt->iswithoutoverlaps && !amRoutine->amcanunique)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support unique indexes",
                        accessMethodName)));
    if (stmt->indexIncludingParams != NIL && !amRoutine->amcaninclude)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support included columns",
                        accessMethodName)));
    if (numberOfKeyAttributes > 1 && !amRoutine->amcanmulticol)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support multicolumn indexes",
                        accessMethodName)));
    if (exclusion && amRoutine->amgettuple == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support exclusion constraints",
                        accessMethodName)));
 
    amcanorder = amRoutine->amcanorder;
    amoptions = amRoutine->amoptions;
    amissummarizing = amRoutine->amsummarizing;
 
    pfree(amRoutine);
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
    /*
     * Validate predicate, if given
     */
    if (stmt->whereClause)
        CheckPredicate((Expr *) stmt->whereClause);
 
    /*
     * Parse AM-specific options, convert to text array form, validate.
     */
    reloptions = transformRelOptions((Datum) 0, stmt->options,
                                     NULL, NULL, false, false);
 
    (void) index_reloptions(amoptions, reloptions, true);
 
    /*
     * Prepare arguments for index_create, primarily an IndexInfo structure.
     * Note that predicates must be in implicit-AND format.  In a concurrent
     * build, mark it not-ready-for-inserts.
     */
    indexInfo = makeIndexInfo(numberOfAttributes,
                              numberOfKeyAttributes,
                              accessMethodId,
                              NIL,  /* expressions, NIL for now */
                              make_ands_implicit((Expr *) stmt->whereClause),
                              stmt->unique,
                              stmt->nulls_not_distinct,
                              !concurrent,
                              concurrent,
                              amissummarizing);
 
    typeIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    collationIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    opclassIds = palloc_array(Oid, numberOfAttributes);
    opclassOptions = palloc_array(Datum, numberOfAttributes);
    coloptions = palloc_array(int16, numberOfAttributes);
    ComputeIndexAttrs(indexInfo,
                      typeIds, collationIds, opclassIds, opclassOptions,
                      coloptions, allIndexParams,
                      stmt->excludeOpNames, tableId,
                      accessMethodName, accessMethodId,
                      amcanorder, stmt->isconstraint, stmt->iswithoutoverlaps,
                      root_save_userid, root_save_sec_context,
                      &root_save_nestlevel);
 
    /*
     * Extra checks when creating a PRIMARY KEY index.
     */
    if (stmt->primary)
        index_check_primary_key(rel, indexInfo, is_alter_table, stmt);
 
    /*
     * If this table is partitioned and we're creating a unique index, primary
     * key, or exclusion constraint, make sure that the partition key is a
     * subset of the index's columns.  Otherwise it would be possible to
     * violate uniqueness by putting values that ought to be unique in
     * different partitions.
     *
     * We could lift this limitation if we had global indexes, but those have
     * their own problems, so this is a useful feature combination.
     */
    if (partitioned && (stmt->unique || exclusion))
    {
        PartitionKey key = RelationGetPartitionKey(rel);
        const char *constraint_type;
        int         i;
 
        if (stmt->primary)
            constraint_type = "PRIMARY KEY";
        else if (stmt->unique)
            constraint_type = "UNIQUE";
        else if (stmt->excludeOpNames)
            constraint_type = "EXCLUDE";
        else
        {
            elog(ERROR, "unknown constraint type");
            constraint_type = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
        }
 
        /*
         * Verify that all the columns in the partition key appear in the
         * unique key definition, with the same notion of equality.
         */
        for (i = 0; i < key->partnatts; i++)
        {
            bool        found = false;
            int         eq_strategy;
            Oid         ptkey_eqop;
            int         j;
 
            /*
             * Identify the equality operator associated with this partkey
             * column.  For list and range partitioning, partkeys use btree
             * operator classes; hash partitioning uses hash operator classes.
             * (Keep this in sync with ComputePartitionAttrs!)
             */
            if (key->strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH)
                eq_strategy = HTEqualStrategyNumber;
            else
                eq_strategy = BTEqualStrategyNumber;
 
            ptkey_eqop = get_opfamily_member(key->partopfamily[i],
                                             key->partopcintype[i],
                                             key->partopcintype[i],
                                             eq_strategy);
            if (!OidIsValid(ptkey_eqop))
                elog(ERROR, "missing operator %d(%u,%u) in partition opfamily %u",
                     eq_strategy, key->partopcintype[i], key->partopcintype[i],
                     key->partopfamily[i]);
 
            /*
             * We'll need to be able to identify the equality operators
             * associated with index columns, too.  We know what to do with
             * btree opclasses; if there are ever any other index types that
             * support unique indexes, this logic will need extension. But if
             * we have an exclusion constraint (or a temporal PK), it already
             * knows the operators, so we don't have to infer them.
             */
            if (stmt->unique && !stmt->iswithoutoverlaps && accessMethodId != BTREE_AM_OID)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("cannot match partition key to an index using access method \"%s\"",
                                accessMethodName)));
 
            /*
             * It may be possible to support UNIQUE constraints when partition
             * keys are expressions, but is it worth it?  Give up for now.
             */
            if (key->partattrs[i] == 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("unsupported %s constraint with partition key definition",
                                constraint_type),
                         errdetail("%s constraints cannot be used when partition keys include expressions.",
                                   constraint_type)));
 
            /* Search the index column(s) for a match */
            for (j = 0; j < indexInfo->ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs; j++)
            {
                if (key->partattrs[i] == indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[j])
                {
                    /*
                     * Matched the column, now what about the collation and
                     * equality op?
                     */
                    Oid         idx_opfamily;
                    Oid         idx_opcintype;
 
                    if (key->partcollation[i] != collationIds[j])
                        continue;
 
                    if (get_opclass_opfamily_and_input_type(opclassIds[j],
                                                            &idx_opfamily,
                                                            &idx_opcintype))
                    {
                        Oid         idx_eqop = InvalidOid;
 
                        if (stmt->unique && !stmt->iswithoutoverlaps)
                            idx_eqop = get_opfamily_member(idx_opfamily,
                                                           idx_opcintype,
                                                           idx_opcintype,
                                                           BTEqualStrategyNumber);
                        else if (exclusion)
                            idx_eqop = indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps[j];
                        Assert(idx_eqop);
 
                        if (ptkey_eqop == idx_eqop)
                        {
                            found = true;
                            break;
                        }
                        else if (exclusion)
                        {
                            /*
                             * We found a match, but it's not an equality
                             * operator. Instead of failing below with an
                             * error message about a missing column, fail now
                             * and explain that the operator is wrong.
                             */
                            Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), key->partattrs[i] - 1);
 
                            ereport(ERROR,
                                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                                     errmsg("cannot match partition key to index on column \"%s\" using non-equal operator \"%s\"",
                                            NameStr(att->attname),
                                            get_opname(indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps[j]))));
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
 
            if (!found)
            {
                Form_pg_attribute att;
 
                att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel),
                                    key->partattrs[i] - 1);
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("unique constraint on partitioned table must include all partitioning columns"),
                         errdetail("%s constraint on table \"%s\" lacks column \"%s\" which is part of the partition key.",
                                   constraint_type, RelationGetRelationName(rel),
                                   NameStr(att->attname))));
            }
        }
    }
 
 
    /*
     * We disallow indexes on system columns.  They would not necessarily get
     * updated correctly, and they don't seem useful anyway.
     */
    for (int i = 0; i < indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs; i++)
    {
        AttrNumber  attno = indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[i];
 
        if (attno < 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("index creation on system columns is not supported")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Also check for system columns used in expressions or predicates.
     */
    if (indexInfo->ii_Expressions || indexInfo->ii_Predicate)
    {
        Bitmapset  *indexattrs = NULL;
 
        pull_varattnos((Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions, 1, &indexattrs);
        pull_varattnos((Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate, 1, &indexattrs);
 
        for (int i = FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber + 1; i < 0; i++)
        {
            if (bms_is_member(i - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
                              indexattrs))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("index creation on system columns is not supported")));
        }
    }
 
    /* Is index safe for others to ignore?  See set_indexsafe_procflags() */
    safe_index = indexInfo->ii_Expressions == NIL &&
        indexInfo->ii_Predicate == NIL;
 
    /*
     * Report index creation if appropriate (delay this till after most of the
     * error checks)
     */
    if (stmt->isconstraint && !quiet)
    {
        const char *constraint_type;
 
        if (stmt->primary)
            constraint_type = "PRIMARY KEY";
        else if (stmt->unique)
            constraint_type = "UNIQUE";
        else if (stmt->excludeOpNames)
            constraint_type = "EXCLUDE";
        else
        {
            elog(ERROR, "unknown constraint type");
            constraint_type = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
        }
 
        ereport(DEBUG1,
                (errmsg_internal("%s %s will create implicit index \"%s\" for table \"%s\"",
                                 is_alter_table ? "ALTER TABLE / ADD" : "CREATE TABLE /",
                                 constraint_type,
                                 indexRelationName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    }
 
    /*
     * A valid stmt->oldNumber implies that we already have a built form of
     * the index.  The caller should also decline any index build.
     */
    Assert(!RelFileNumberIsValid(stmt->oldNumber) || (skip_build && !concurrent));
 
    /*
     * Make the catalog entries for the index, including constraints. This
     * step also actually builds the index, except if caller requested not to
     * or in concurrent mode, in which case it'll be done later, or doing a
     * partitioned index (because those don't have storage).
     */
    flags = constr_flags = 0;
    if (stmt->isconstraint)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_ADD_CONSTRAINT;
    if (skip_build || concurrent || partitioned)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_SKIP_BUILD;
    if (stmt->if_not_exists)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_IF_NOT_EXISTS;
    if (concurrent)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_CONCURRENT;
    if (partitioned)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED;
    if (stmt->primary)
        flags |= INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY;
 
    /*
     * If the table is partitioned, and recursion was declined but partitions
     * exist, mark the index as invalid.
     */
    if (partitioned && stmt->relation && !stmt->relation->inh)
    {
        PartitionDesc pd = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
 
        if (pd->nparts != 0)
            flags |= INDEX_CREATE_INVALID;
    }
 
    if (stmt->deferrable)
        constr_flags |= INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE;
    if (stmt->initdeferred)
        constr_flags |= INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED;
    if (stmt->iswithoutoverlaps)
        constr_flags |= INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS;
 
    indexRelationId =
        index_create(rel, indexRelationName, indexRelationId, parentIndexId,
                     parentConstraintId,
                     stmt->oldNumber, indexInfo, indexColNames,
                     accessMethodId, tablespaceId,
                     collationIds, opclassIds, opclassOptions,
                     coloptions, NULL, reloptions,
                     flags, constr_flags,
                     allowSystemTableMods, !check_rights,
                     &createdConstraintId);
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, indexRelationId);
 
    if (!OidIsValid(indexRelationId))
    {
        /*
         * Roll back any GUC changes executed by index functions.  Also revert
         * to original default_tablespace if we changed it above.
         */
        AtEOXact_GUC(false, root_save_nestlevel);
 
        /* Restore userid and security context */
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(root_save_userid, root_save_sec_context);
 
        table_close(rel, NoLock);
 
        /* If this is the top-level index, we're done */
        if (!OidIsValid(parentIndexId))
            pgstat_progress_end_command();
 
        return address;
    }
 
    /*
     * Roll back any GUC changes executed by index functions, and keep
     * subsequent changes local to this command.  This is essential if some
     * index function changed a behavior-affecting GUC, e.g. search_path.
     */
    AtEOXact_GUC(false, root_save_nestlevel);
    root_save_nestlevel = NewGUCNestLevel();
 
    /* Add any requested comment */
    if (stmt->idxcomment != NULL)
        CreateComments(indexRelationId, RelationRelationId, 0,
                       stmt->idxcomment);
 
    if (partitioned)
    {
        PartitionDesc partdesc;
 
        /*
         * Unless caller specified to skip this step (via ONLY), process each
         * partition to make sure they all contain a corresponding index.
         *
         * If we're called internally (no stmt->relation), recurse always.
         */
        partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
        if ((!stmt->relation || stmt->relation->inh) && partdesc->nparts > 0)
        {
            int         nparts = partdesc->nparts;
            Oid        *part_oids = palloc_array(Oid, nparts);
            bool        invalidate_parent = false;
            Relation    parentIndex;
            TupleDesc   parentDesc;
 
            /*
             * Report the total number of partitions at the start of the
             * command; don't update it when being called recursively.
             */
            if (!OidIsValid(parentIndexId))
            {
                /*
                 * When called by ProcessUtilitySlow, the number of partitions
                 * is passed in as an optimization; but other callers pass -1
                 * since they don't have the value handy.  This should count
                 * partitions the same way, ie one less than the number of
                 * relations find_all_inheritors reports.
                 *
                 * We assume we needn't ask find_all_inheritors to take locks,
                 * because that should have happened already for all callers.
                 * Even if it did not, this is safe as long as we don't try to
                 * touch the partitions here; the worst consequence would be a
                 * bogus progress-reporting total.
                 */
                if (total_parts < 0)
                {
                    List       *children = find_all_inheritors(tableId, NoLock, NULL);
 
                    total_parts = list_length(children) - 1;
                    list_free(children);
                }
 
                pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_TOTAL,
                                             total_parts);
            }
 
            /* Make a local copy of partdesc->oids[], just for safety */
            memcpy(part_oids, partdesc->oids, sizeof(Oid) * nparts);
 
            /*
             * We'll need an IndexInfo describing the parent index.  The one
             * built above is almost good enough, but not quite, because (for
             * example) its predicate expression if any hasn't been through
             * expression preprocessing.  The most reliable way to get an
             * IndexInfo that will match those for child indexes is to build
             * it the same way, using BuildIndexInfo().
             */
            parentIndex = index_open(indexRelationId, lockmode);
            indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(parentIndex);
 
            parentDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
 
            /*
             * For each partition, scan all existing indexes; if one matches
             * our index definition and is not already attached to some other
             * parent index, attach it to the one we just created.
             *
             * If none matches, build a new index by calling ourselves
             * recursively with the same options (except for the index name).
             */
            for (int i = 0; i < nparts; i++)
            {
                Oid         childRelid = part_oids[i];
                Relation    childrel;
                Oid         child_save_userid;
                int         child_save_sec_context;
                int         child_save_nestlevel;
                List       *childidxs;
                ListCell   *cell;
                AttrMap    *attmap;
                bool        found = false;
 
                childrel = table_open(childRelid, lockmode);
 
                GetUserIdAndSecContext(&child_save_userid,
                                       &child_save_sec_context);
                SetUserIdAndSecContext(childrel->rd_rel->relowner,
                                       child_save_sec_context | SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION);
                child_save_nestlevel = NewGUCNestLevel();
                RestrictSearchPath();
 
                /*
                 * Don't try to create indexes on foreign tables, though. Skip
                 * those if a regular index, or fail if trying to create a
                 * constraint index.
                 */
                if (childrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
                {
                    if (stmt->unique || stmt->primary)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                                 errmsg("cannot create unique index on partitioned table \"%s\"",
                                        RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                                 errdetail("Table \"%s\" contains partitions that are foreign tables.",
                                           RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
                    AtEOXact_GUC(false, child_save_nestlevel);
                    SetUserIdAndSecContext(child_save_userid,
                                           child_save_sec_context);
                    table_close(childrel, lockmode);
                    continue;
                }
 
                childidxs = RelationGetIndexList(childrel);
                attmap =
                    build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(childrel),
                                          parentDesc,
                                          false);
 
                foreach(cell, childidxs)
                {
                    Oid         cldidxid = lfirst_oid(cell);
                    Relation    cldidx;
                    IndexInfo  *cldIdxInfo;
 
                    /* this index is already partition of another one */
                    if (has_superclass(cldidxid))
                        continue;
 
                    cldidx = index_open(cldidxid, lockmode);
                    cldIdxInfo = BuildIndexInfo(cldidx);
                    if (CompareIndexInfo(cldIdxInfo, indexInfo,
                                         cldidx->rd_indcollation,
                                         parentIndex->rd_indcollation,
                                         cldidx->rd_opfamily,
                                         parentIndex->rd_opfamily,
                                         attmap))
                    {
                        Oid         cldConstrOid = InvalidOid;
 
                        /*
                         * Found a match.
                         *
                         * If this index is being created in the parent
                         * because of a constraint, then the child needs to
                         * have a constraint also, so look for one.  If there
                         * is no such constraint, this index is no good, so
                         * keep looking.
                         */
                        if (createdConstraintId != InvalidOid)
                        {
                            cldConstrOid =
                                get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(childRelid,
                                                                cldidxid);
                            if (cldConstrOid == InvalidOid)
                            {
                                index_close(cldidx, lockmode);
                                continue;
                            }
                        }
 
                        /* Attach index to parent and we're done. */
                        IndexSetParentIndex(cldidx, indexRelationId);
                        if (createdConstraintId != InvalidOid)
                            ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid,
                                                          createdConstraintId,
                                                          childRelid);
 
                        if (!cldidx->rd_index->indisvalid)
                            invalidate_parent = true;
 
                        found = true;
 
                        /*
                         * Report this partition as processed.  Note that if
                         * the partition has children itself, we'd ideally
                         * count the children and update the progress report
                         * for all of them; but that seems unduly expensive.
                         * Instead, the progress report will act like all such
                         * indirect children were processed in zero time at
                         * the end of the command.
                         */
                        pgstat_progress_incr_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_DONE, 1);
 
                        /* keep lock till commit */
                        index_close(cldidx, NoLock);
                        break;
                    }
 
                    index_close(cldidx, lockmode);
                }
 
                list_free(childidxs);
                AtEOXact_GUC(false, child_save_nestlevel);
                SetUserIdAndSecContext(child_save_userid,
                                       child_save_sec_context);
                table_close(childrel, NoLock);
 
                /*
                 * If no matching index was found, create our own.
                 */
                if (!found)
                {
                    IndexStmt  *childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
                    bool        found_whole_row;
                    ListCell   *lc;
                    ObjectAddress childAddr;
 
                    /*
                     * We can't use the same index name for the child index,
                     * so clear idxname to let the recursive invocation choose
                     * a new name.  Likewise, the existing target relation
                     * field is wrong, and if indexOid or oldNumber are set,
                     * they mustn't be applied to the child either.
                     */
                    childStmt->idxname = NULL;
                    childStmt->relation = NULL;
                    childStmt->indexOid = InvalidOid;
                    childStmt->oldNumber = InvalidRelFileNumber;
                    childStmt->oldCreateSubid = InvalidSubTransactionId;
                    childStmt->oldFirstRelfilelocatorSubid = InvalidSubTransactionId;
 
                    /*
                     * Adjust any Vars (both in expressions and in the index's
                     * WHERE clause) to match the partition's column numbering
                     * in case it's different from the parent's.
                     */
                    foreach(lc, childStmt->indexParams)
                    {
                        IndexElem  *ielem = lfirst(lc);
 
                        /*
                         * If the index parameter is an expression, we must
                         * translate it to contain child Vars.
                         */
                        if (ielem->expr)
                        {
                            ielem->expr =
                                map_variable_attnos((Node *) ielem->expr,
                                                    1, 0, attmap,
                                                    InvalidOid,
                                                    &found_whole_row);
                            if (found_whole_row)
                                elog(ERROR, "cannot convert whole-row table reference");
                        }
                    }
                    childStmt->whereClause =
                        map_variable_attnos(stmt->whereClause, 1, 0,
                                            attmap,
                                            InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
                    if (found_whole_row)
                        elog(ERROR, "cannot convert whole-row table reference");
 
                    /*
                     * Recurse as the starting user ID.  Callee will use that
                     * for permission checks, then switch again.
                     */
                    Assert(GetUserId() == child_save_userid);
                    SetUserIdAndSecContext(root_save_userid,
                                           root_save_sec_context);
                    childAddr =
                        DefineIndex(childRelid, childStmt,
                                    InvalidOid, /* no predefined OID */
                                    indexRelationId,    /* this is our child */
                                    createdConstraintId,
                                    -1,
                                    is_alter_table, check_rights,
                                    check_not_in_use,
                                    skip_build, quiet);
                    SetUserIdAndSecContext(child_save_userid,
                                           child_save_sec_context);
 
                    /*
                     * Check if the index just created is valid or not, as it
                     * could be possible that it has been switched as invalid
                     * when recursing across multiple partition levels.
                     */
                    if (!get_index_isvalid(childAddr.objectId))
                        invalidate_parent = true;
                }
 
                free_attrmap(attmap);
            }
 
            index_close(parentIndex, lockmode);
 
            /*
             * The pg_index row we inserted for this index was marked
             * indisvalid=true.  But if we attached an existing index that is
             * invalid, this is incorrect, so update our row to invalid too.
             */
            if (invalidate_parent)
            {
                Relation    pg_index = table_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
                HeapTuple   tup,
                            newtup;
 
                tup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID,
                                      ObjectIdGetDatum(indexRelationId));
                if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
                    elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u",
                         indexRelationId);
                newtup = heap_copytuple(tup);
                ((Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(newtup))->indisvalid = false;
                CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_index, &tup->t_self, newtup);
                ReleaseSysCache(tup);
                table_close(pg_index, RowExclusiveLock);
                heap_freetuple(newtup);
 
                /*
                 * CCI here to make this update visible, in case this recurses
                 * across multiple partition levels.
                 */
                CommandCounterIncrement();
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * Indexes on partitioned tables are not themselves built, so we're
         * done here.
         */
        AtEOXact_GUC(false, root_save_nestlevel);
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(root_save_userid, root_save_sec_context);
        table_close(rel, NoLock);
        if (!OidIsValid(parentIndexId))
            pgstat_progress_end_command();
        else
        {
            /* Update progress for an intermediate partitioned index itself */
            pgstat_progress_incr_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_DONE, 1);
        }
 
        return address;
    }
 
    AtEOXact_GUC(false, root_save_nestlevel);
    SetUserIdAndSecContext(root_save_userid, root_save_sec_context);
 
    if (!concurrent)
    {
        /* Close the heap and we're done, in the non-concurrent case */
        table_close(rel, NoLock);
 
        /*
         * If this is the top-level index, the command is done overall;
         * otherwise, increment progress to report one child index is done.
         */
        if (!OidIsValid(parentIndexId))
            pgstat_progress_end_command();
        else
            pgstat_progress_incr_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_DONE, 1);
 
        return address;
    }
 
    /* save lockrelid and locktag for below, then close rel */
    heaprelid = rel->rd_lockInfo.lockRelId;
    SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(heaplocktag, heaprelid.dbId, heaprelid.relId);
    table_close(rel, NoLock);
 
    /*
     * For a concurrent build, it's important to make the catalog entries
     * visible to other transactions before we start to build the index. That
     * will prevent them from making incompatible HOT updates.  The new index
     * will be marked not indisready and not indisvalid, so that no one else
     * tries to either insert into it or use it for queries.
     *
     * We must commit our current transaction so that the index becomes
     * visible; then start another.  Note that all the data structures we just
     * built are lost in the commit.  The only data we keep past here are the
     * relation IDs.
     *
     * Before committing, get a session-level lock on the table, to ensure
     * that neither it nor the index can be dropped before we finish. This
     * cannot block, even if someone else is waiting for access, because we
     * already have the same lock within our transaction.
     *
     * Note: we don't currently bother with a session lock on the index,
     * because there are no operations that could change its state while we
     * hold lock on the parent table.  This might need to change later.
     */
    LockRelationIdForSession(&heaprelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
 
    PopActiveSnapshot();
    CommitTransactionCommand();
    StartTransactionCommand();
 
    /* Tell concurrent index builds to ignore us, if index qualifies */
    if (safe_index)
        set_indexsafe_procflags();
 
    /*
     * The index is now visible, so we can report the OID.  While on it,
     * include the report for the beginning of phase 2.
     */
    {
        const int   progress_cols[] = {
            PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_INDEX_OID,
            PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE
        };
        const int64 progress_vals[] = {
            indexRelationId,
            PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_1
        };
 
        pgstat_progress_update_multi_param(2, progress_cols, progress_vals);
    }
 
    /*
     * Phase 2 of concurrent index build (see comments for validate_index()
     * for an overview of how this works)
     *
     * Now we must wait until no running transaction could have the table open
     * with the old list of indexes.  Use ShareLock to consider running
     * transactions that hold locks that permit writing to the table.  Note we
     * do not need to worry about xacts that open the table for writing after
     * this point; they will see the new index when they open it.
     *
     * Note: the reason we use actual lock acquisition here, rather than just
     * checking the ProcArray and sleeping, is that deadlock is possible if
     * one of the transactions in question is blocked trying to acquire an
     * exclusive lock on our table.  The lock code will detect deadlock and
     * error out properly.
     */
    WaitForLockers(heaplocktag, ShareLock, true);
 
    /*
     * At this moment we are sure that there are no transactions with the
     * table open for write that don't have this new index in their list of
     * indexes.  We have waited out all the existing transactions and any new
     * transaction will have the new index in its list, but the index is still
     * marked as "not-ready-for-inserts".  The index is consulted while
     * deciding HOT-safety though.  This arrangement ensures that no new HOT
     * chains can be created where the new tuple and the old tuple in the
     * chain have different index keys.
     *
     * We now take a new snapshot, and build the index using all tuples that
     * are visible in this snapshot.  We can be sure that any HOT updates to
     * these tuples will be compatible with the index, since any updates made
     * by transactions that didn't know about the index are now committed or
     * rolled back.  Thus, each visible tuple is either the end of its
     * HOT-chain or the extension of the chain is HOT-safe for this index.
     */
 
    /* Set ActiveSnapshot since functions in the indexes may need it */
    PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
 
    /* Perform concurrent build of index */
    index_concurrently_build(tableId, indexRelationId);
 
    /* we can do away with our snapshot */
    PopActiveSnapshot();
 
    /*
     * Commit this transaction to make the indisready update visible.
     */
    CommitTransactionCommand();
    StartTransactionCommand();
 
    /* Tell concurrent index builds to ignore us, if index qualifies */
    if (safe_index)
        set_indexsafe_procflags();
 
    /*
     * Phase 3 of concurrent index build
     *
     * We once again wait until no transaction can have the table open with
     * the index marked as read-only for updates.
     */
    pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE,
                                 PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_2);
    WaitForLockers(heaplocktag, ShareLock, true);
 
    /*
     * Now take the "reference snapshot" that will be used by validate_index()
     * to filter candidate tuples.  Beware!  There might still be snapshots in
     * use that treat some transaction as in-progress that our reference
     * snapshot treats as committed.  If such a recently-committed transaction
     * deleted tuples in the table, we will not include them in the index; yet
     * those transactions which see the deleting one as still-in-progress will
     * expect such tuples to be there once we mark the index as valid.
     *
     * We solve this by waiting for all endangered transactions to exit before
     * we mark the index as valid.
     *
     * We also set ActiveSnapshot to this snap, since functions in indexes may
     * need a snapshot.
     */
    snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    PushActiveSnapshot(snapshot);
 
    /*
     * Scan the index and the heap, insert any missing index entries.
     */
    validate_index(tableId, indexRelationId, snapshot);
 
    /*
     * Drop the reference snapshot.  We must do this before waiting out other
     * snapshot holders, else we will deadlock against other processes also
     * doing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which would see our snapshot as one
     * they must wait for.  But first, save the snapshot's xmin to use as
     * limitXmin for GetCurrentVirtualXIDs().
     */
    limitXmin = snapshot->xmin;
 
    PopActiveSnapshot();
    UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
 
    /*
     * The snapshot subsystem could still contain registered snapshots that
     * are holding back our process's advertised xmin; in particular, if
     * default_transaction_isolation = serializable, there is a transaction
     * snapshot that is still active.  The CatalogSnapshot is likewise a
     * hazard.  To ensure no deadlocks, we must commit and start yet another
     * transaction, and do our wait before any snapshot has been taken in it.
     */
    CommitTransactionCommand();
    StartTransactionCommand();
 
    /* Tell concurrent index builds to ignore us, if index qualifies */
    if (safe_index)
        set_indexsafe_procflags();
 
    /* We should now definitely not be advertising any xmin. */
    Assert(MyProc->xmin == InvalidTransactionId);
 
    /*
     * The index is now valid in the sense that it contains all currently
     * interesting tuples.  But since it might not contain tuples deleted just
     * before the reference snap was taken, we have to wait out any
     * transactions that might have older snapshots.
     */
    pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE,
                                 PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_3);
    WaitForOlderSnapshots(limitXmin, true);
 
    /*
     * Index can now be marked valid -- update its pg_index entry
     */
    index_set_state_flags(indexRelationId, INDEX_CREATE_SET_VALID);
 
    /*
     * The pg_index update will cause backends (including this one) to update
     * relcache entries for the index itself, but we should also send a
     * relcache inval on the parent table to force replanning of cached plans.
     * Otherwise existing sessions might fail to use the new index where it
     * would be useful.  (Note that our earlier commits did not create reasons
     * to replan; so relcache flush on the index itself was sufficient.)
     */
    CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(heaprelid.relId);
 
    /*
     * Last thing to do is release the session-level lock on the parent table.
     */
    UnlockRelationIdForSession(&heaprelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
 
    pgstat_progress_end_command();
 
    return address;
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, allowSystemTableMods, IndexAmRoutine::amcaninclude, IndexAmRoutine::amcanmulticol, IndexAmRoutine::amcanorder, IndexAmRoutine::amcanunique, IndexAmRoutine::amgettuple, IndexAmRoutine::amoptions, IndexAmRoutine::amsummarizing, Assert, AtEOXact_GUC(), bms_is_member(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildIndexInfo(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CheckPredicate(), CheckTableNotInUse(), ChooseIndexColumnNames(), ChooseIndexName(), CommandCounterIncrement(), CommitTransactionCommand(), CompareIndexInfo(), ComputeIndexAttrs(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), copyObject, CreateComments(), LockRelId::dbId, DEBUG1, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ERROR, IndexElem::expr, find_all_inheritors(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, free_attrmap(), get_index_isvalid(), get_namespace_name(), get_opclass_opfamily_and_input_type(), get_opfamily_member(), get_opname(), get_rel_persistence(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GetDefaultTablespace(), GetIndexAmRoutine(), GETSTRUCT, GetTransactionSnapshot(), GetUserId(), GetUserIdAndSecContext(), GUC_ACTION_SAVE, has_superclass(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, HTEqualStrategyNumber, i, IndexStmt::idxname, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, IndexInfo::ii_Expressions, IndexInfo::ii_IndexAttrNumbers, IndexInfo::ii_NumIndexAttrs, IndexInfo::ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs, IndexInfo::ii_Predicate, index_check_primary_key(), index_close(), index_concurrently_build(), INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_WITHOUT_OVERLAPS, index_create(), INDEX_CREATE_ADD_CONSTRAINT, INDEX_CREATE_CONCURRENT, INDEX_CREATE_IF_NOT_EXISTS, INDEX_CREATE_INVALID, INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY, INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED, INDEX_CREATE_SET_VALID, INDEX_CREATE_SKIP_BUILD, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), index_reloptions(), index_set_state_flags(), IndexStmt::indexOid, IndexStmt::indexParams, IndexSetParentIndex(), InvalidOid, InvalidRelFileNumber, InvalidSubTransactionId, InvalidTransactionId, IsBootstrapProcessingMode, j, sort-test::key, lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_concat_copy(), list_free(), list_length(), LockRelationIdForSession(), LockInfoData::lockRelId, make_ands_implicit(), makeIndexInfo(), map_variable_attnos(), MyDatabaseTableSpace, MyProc, NameStr, NewGUCNestLevel(), NIL, NoLock, NOTICE, PartitionDescData::nparts, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, IndexStmt::oldCreateSubid, IndexStmt::oldFirstRelfilelocatorSubid, IndexStmt::oldNumber, palloc_array, PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH, pfree(), PGC_S_SESSION, PGC_USERSET, pgstat_progress_end_command(), pgstat_progress_incr_param(), pgstat_progress_start_command(), pgstat_progress_update_multi_param(), pgstat_progress_update_param(), PointerGetDatum(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PROGRESS_COMMAND_CREATE_INDEX, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_ACCESS_METHOD_OID, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND_CREATE, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_COMMAND_CREATE_CONCURRENTLY, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_INDEX_OID, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_DONE, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PARTITIONS_TOTAL, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_1, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_2, PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE_WAIT_3, pull_varattnos(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RelationData::rd_indcollation, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_lockInfo, RelationData::rd_opfamily, RelationData::rd_rel, RegisterSnapshot(), IndexStmt::relation, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetPartitionKey(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), RelFileNumberIsValid, LockRelId::relId, RestrictSearchPath(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION, set_config_option(), set_indexsafe_procflags(), SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION, SetUserIdAndSecContext(), ShareLock, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, StartTransactionCommand(), stmt, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), transformRelOptions(), TupleDescAttr, UnlockRelationIdForSession(), UnregisterSnapshot(), validate_index(), WaitForLockers(), WaitForOlderSnapshots(), IndexStmt::whereClause, PGPROC::xmin, and SnapshotData::xmin.

Referenced by ATExecAddIndex(), AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(), DefineRelation(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineOpClass()

ObjectAddress DefineOpClass

(

CreateOpClassStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 332 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    char       *opcname;        /* name of opclass we're creating */
    Oid         amoid,          /* our AM's oid */
                typeoid,        /* indexable datatype oid */
                storageoid,     /* storage datatype oid, if any */
                namespaceoid,   /* namespace to create opclass in */
                opfamilyoid,    /* oid of containing opfamily */
                opclassoid;     /* oid of opclass we create */
    int         maxOpNumber,    /* amstrategies value */
                optsProcNumber, /* amoptsprocnum value */
                maxProcNumber;  /* amsupport value */
    bool        amstorage;      /* amstorage flag */
    List       *operators;      /* OpFamilyMember list for operators */
    List       *procedures;     /* OpFamilyMember list for support procs */
    ListCell   *l;
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Form_pg_am  amform;
    IndexAmRoutine *amroutine;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_opclass];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_opclass];
    AclResult   aclresult;
    NameData    opcName;
    ObjectAddress myself,
                referenced;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->opclassname,
                                                     &opcname);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceoid, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(namespaceoid));
 
    /* Get necessary info about access method */
    tup = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, CStringGetDatum(stmt->amname));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
                        stmt->amname)));
 
    amform = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    amoid = amform->oid;
    amroutine = GetIndexAmRoutineByAmId(amoid, false);
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    maxOpNumber = amroutine->amstrategies;
    /* if amstrategies is zero, just enforce that op numbers fit in int16 */
    if (maxOpNumber <= 0)
        maxOpNumber = SHRT_MAX;
    maxProcNumber = amroutine->amsupport;
    optsProcNumber = amroutine->amoptsprocnum;
    amstorage = amroutine->amstorage;
 
    /* XXX Should we make any privilege check against the AM? */
 
    /*
     * The question of appropriate permissions for CREATE OPERATOR CLASS is
     * interesting.  Creating an opclass is tantamount to granting public
     * execute access on the functions involved, since the index machinery
     * generally does not check access permission before using the functions.
     * A minimum expectation therefore is that the caller have execute
     * privilege with grant option.  Since we don't have a way to make the
     * opclass go away if the grant option is revoked, we choose instead to
     * require ownership of the functions.  It's also not entirely clear what
     * permissions should be required on the datatype, but ownership seems
     * like a safe choice.
     *
     * Currently, we require superuser privileges to create an opclass. This
     * seems necessary because we have no way to validate that the offered set
     * of operators and functions are consistent with the AM's expectations.
     * It would be nice to provide such a check someday, if it can be done
     * without solving the halting problem :-(
     *
     * XXX re-enable NOT_USED code sections below if you remove this test.
     */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator class")));
 
    /* Look up the datatype */
    typeoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->datatype);
 
#ifdef NOT_USED
    /* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
    /* Check we have ownership of the datatype */
    if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, typeoid, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, typeoid);
#endif
 
    /*
     * Look up the containing operator family, or create one if FAMILY option
     * was omitted and there's not a match already.
     */
    if (stmt->opfamilyname)
    {
        opfamilyoid = get_opfamily_oid(amoid, stmt->opfamilyname, false);
    }
    else
    {
        /* Lookup existing family of same name and namespace */
        tup = SearchSysCache3(OPFAMILYAMNAMENSP,
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(amoid),
                              PointerGetDatum(opcname),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid));
        if (HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        {
            opfamilyoid = ((Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
 
            /*
             * XXX given the superuser check above, there's no need for an
             * ownership check here
             */
            ReleaseSysCache(tup);
        }
        else
        {
            CreateOpFamilyStmt *opfstmt;
            ObjectAddress tmpAddr;
 
            opfstmt = makeNode(CreateOpFamilyStmt);
            opfstmt->opfamilyname = stmt->opclassname;
            opfstmt->amname = stmt->amname;
 
            /*
             * Create it ... again no need for more permissions ...
             */
            tmpAddr = CreateOpFamily(opfstmt, opcname, namespaceoid, amoid);
            opfamilyoid = tmpAddr.objectId;
        }
    }
 
    operators = NIL;
    procedures = NIL;
 
    /* Storage datatype is optional */
    storageoid = InvalidOid;
 
    /*
     * Scan the "items" list to obtain additional info.
     */
    foreach(l, stmt->items)
    {
        CreateOpClassItem *item = lfirst_node(CreateOpClassItem, l);
        Oid         operOid;
        Oid         funcOid;
        Oid         sortfamilyOid;
        OpFamilyMember *member;
 
        switch (item->itemtype)
        {
            case OPCLASS_ITEM_OPERATOR:
                if (item->number <= 0 || item->number > maxOpNumber)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("invalid operator number %d,"
                                    " must be between 1 and %d",
                                    item->number, maxOpNumber)));
                if (item->name->objargs != NIL)
                    operOid = LookupOperWithArgs(item->name, false);
                else
                {
                    /* Default to binary op on input datatype */
                    operOid = LookupOperName(NULL, item->name->objname,
                                             typeoid, typeoid,
                                             false, -1);
                }
 
                if (item->order_family)
                    sortfamilyOid = get_opfamily_oid(BTREE_AM_OID,
                                                     item->order_family,
                                                     false);
                else
                    sortfamilyOid = InvalidOid;
 
#ifdef NOT_USED
                /* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
                /* Caller must own operator and its underlying function */
                if (!object_ownercheck(OperatorRelationId, operOid, GetUserId()))
                    aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_OPERATOR,
                                   get_opname(operOid));
                funcOid = get_opcode(operOid);
                if (!object_ownercheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcOid, GetUserId()))
                    aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
                                   get_func_name(funcOid));
#endif
 
                /* Save the info */
                member = (OpFamilyMember *) palloc0(sizeof(OpFamilyMember));
                member->is_func = false;
                member->object = operOid;
                member->number = item->number;
                member->sortfamily = sortfamilyOid;
                assignOperTypes(member, amoid, typeoid);
                addFamilyMember(&operators, member);
                break;
            case OPCLASS_ITEM_FUNCTION:
                if (item->number <= 0 || item->number > maxProcNumber)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("invalid function number %d,"
                                    " must be between 1 and %d",
                                    item->number, maxProcNumber)));
                funcOid = LookupFuncWithArgs(OBJECT_FUNCTION, item->name, false);
#ifdef NOT_USED
                /* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
                /* Caller must own function */
                if (!object_ownercheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcOid, GetUserId()))
                    aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
                                   get_func_name(funcOid));
#endif
                /* Save the info */
                member = (OpFamilyMember *) palloc0(sizeof(OpFamilyMember));
                member->is_func = true;
                member->object = funcOid;
                member->number = item->number;
 
                /* allow overriding of the function's actual arg types */
                if (item->class_args)
                    processTypesSpec(item->class_args,
                                     &member->lefttype, &member->righttype);
 
                assignProcTypes(member, amoid, typeoid, optsProcNumber);
                addFamilyMember(&procedures, member);
                break;
            case OPCLASS_ITEM_STORAGETYPE:
                if (OidIsValid(storageoid))
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("storage type specified more than once")));
                storageoid = typenameTypeId(NULL, item->storedtype);
 
#ifdef NOT_USED
                /* XXX this is unnecessary given the superuser check above */
                /* Check we have ownership of the datatype */
                if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, storageoid, GetUserId()))
                    aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, storageoid);
#endif
                break;
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized item type: %d", item->itemtype);
                break;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * If storagetype is specified, make sure it's legal.
     */
    if (OidIsValid(storageoid))
    {
        /* Just drop the spec if same as column datatype */
        if (storageoid == typeoid)
            storageoid = InvalidOid;
        else if (!amstorage)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("storage type cannot be different from data type for access method \"%s\"",
                            stmt->amname)));
    }
 
    rel = table_open(OperatorClassRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Make sure there is no existing opclass of this name (this is just to
     * give a more friendly error message than "duplicate key").
     */
    if (SearchSysCacheExists3(CLAAMNAMENSP,
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(amoid),
                              CStringGetDatum(opcname),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" for access method \"%s\" already exists",
                        opcname, stmt->amname)));
 
    /*
     * If we are creating a default opclass, check there isn't one already.
     * (Note we do not restrict this test to visible opclasses; this ensures
     * that typcache.c can find unique solutions to its questions.)
     */
    if (stmt->isDefault)
    {
        ScanKeyData skey[1];
        SysScanDesc scan;
 
        ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                    Anum_pg_opclass_opcmethod,
                    BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                    ObjectIdGetDatum(amoid));
 
        scan = systable_beginscan(rel, OpclassAmNameNspIndexId, true,
                                  NULL, 1, skey);
 
        while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan)))
        {
            Form_pg_opclass opclass = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
            if (opclass->opcintype == typeoid && opclass->opcdefault)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                         errmsg("could not make operator class \"%s\" be default for type %s",
                                opcname,
                                TypeNameToString(stmt->datatype)),
                         errdetail("Operator class \"%s\" already is the default.",
                                   NameStr(opclass->opcname))));
        }
 
        systable_endscan(scan);
    }
 
    /*
     * Okay, let's create the pg_opclass entry.
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    opclassoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(rel, OpclassOidIndexId,
                                    Anum_pg_opclass_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(opclassoid);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcmethod - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(amoid);
    namestrcpy(&opcName, opcname);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&opcName);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(GetUserId());
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcfamily - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamilyoid);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcintype - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(typeoid);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opcdefault - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->isDefault);
    values[Anum_pg_opclass_opckeytype - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(storageoid);
 
    tup = heap_form_tuple(rel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(rel, tup);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    /*
     * Now that we have the opclass OID, set up default dependency info for
     * the pg_amop and pg_amproc entries.  Historically, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
     * has created hard dependencies on the opclass, so that's what we use.
     */
    foreach(l, operators)
    {
        OpFamilyMember *op = (OpFamilyMember *) lfirst(l);
 
        op->ref_is_hard = true;
        op->ref_is_family = false;
        op->refobjid = opclassoid;
    }
    foreach(l, procedures)
    {
        OpFamilyMember *proc = (OpFamilyMember *) lfirst(l);
 
        proc->ref_is_hard = true;
        proc->ref_is_family = false;
        proc->refobjid = opclassoid;
    }
 
    /*
     * Let the index AM editorialize on the dependency choices.  It could also
     * do further validation on the operators and functions, if it likes.
     */
    if (amroutine->amadjustmembers)
        amroutine->amadjustmembers(opfamilyoid,
                                   opclassoid,
                                   operators,
                                   procedures);
 
    /*
     * Now add tuples to pg_amop and pg_amproc tying in the operators and
     * functions.  Dependencies on them are inserted, too.
     */
    storeOperators(stmt->opfamilyname, amoid, opfamilyoid,
                   operators, false);
    storeProcedures(stmt->opfamilyname, amoid, opfamilyoid,
                    procedures, false);
 
    /* let event triggers know what happened */
    EventTriggerCollectCreateOpClass(stmt, opclassoid, operators, procedures);
 
    /*
     * Create dependencies for the opclass proper.  Note: we do not need a
     * dependency link to the AM, because that exists through the opfamily.
     */
    myself.classId = OperatorClassRelationId;
    myself.objectId = opclassoid;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    /* dependency on namespace */
    referenced.classId = NamespaceRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = namespaceoid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    /* dependency on opfamily */
    referenced.classId = OperatorFamilyRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = opfamilyoid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
 
    /* dependency on indexed datatype */
    referenced.classId = TypeRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = typeoid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    /* dependency on storage datatype */
    if (OidIsValid(storageoid))
    {
        referenced.classId = TypeRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = storageoid;
        referenced.objectSubId = 0;
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    }
 
    /* dependency on owner */
    recordDependencyOnOwner(OperatorClassRelationId, opclassoid, GetUserId());
 
    /* dependency on extension */
    recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(&myself, false);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new operator class */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(OperatorClassRelationId, opclassoid, 0);
 
    table_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, addFamilyMember(), IndexAmRoutine::amadjustmembers, CreateOpFamilyStmt::amname, IndexAmRoutine::amoptsprocnum, IndexAmRoutine::amstorage, IndexAmRoutine::amstrategies, IndexAmRoutine::amsupport, assignOperTypes(), assignProcTypes(), BoolGetDatum(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleInsert(), CreateOpClassItem::class_args, ObjectAddress::classId, CreateOpFamily(), CStringGetDatum(), DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, EventTriggerCollectCreateOpClass(), get_func_name(), get_namespace_name(), get_opcode(), get_opfamily_oid(), get_opname(), GetIndexAmRoutineByAmId(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, OpFamilyMember::is_func, CreateOpClassItem::itemtype, OpFamilyMember::lefttype, lfirst, lfirst_node, LookupFuncWithArgs(), LookupOperName(), LookupOperWithArgs(), makeNode, CreateOpClassItem::name, NameGetDatum(), NameStr, namestrcpy(), NIL, OpFamilyMember::number, CreateOpClassItem::number, ObjectWithArgs::objargs, OpFamilyMember::object, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, OBJECT_OPERATOR, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, ObjectWithArgs::objname, OidIsValid, OPCLASS_ITEM_FUNCTION, OPCLASS_ITEM_OPERATOR, OPCLASS_ITEM_STORAGETYPE, CreateOpFamilyStmt::opfamilyname, CreateOpClassItem::order_family, palloc0(), PointerGetDatum(), processTypesSpec(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnCurrentExtension(), recordDependencyOnOwner(), OpFamilyMember::ref_is_family, OpFamilyMember::ref_is_hard, OpFamilyMember::refobjid, ReleaseSysCache(), OpFamilyMember::righttype, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCache3(), SearchSysCacheExists3, OpFamilyMember::sortfamily, stmt, CreateOpClassItem::storedtype, storeOperators(), storeProcedures(), superuser(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TypeNameToString(), typenameTypeId(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineOperator()

ObjectAddress DefineOperator	(	List *	names,
		List *	parameters
	)

Definition at line 67 of file operatorcmds.c.

{
    char       *oprName;
    Oid         oprNamespace;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    bool        canMerge = false;   /* operator merges */
    bool        canHash = false;    /* operator hashes */
    List       *functionName = NIL; /* function for operator */
    TypeName   *typeName1 = NULL;   /* first type name */
    TypeName   *typeName2 = NULL;   /* second type name */
    Oid         typeId1 = InvalidOid;   /* types converted to OID */
    Oid         typeId2 = InvalidOid;
    Oid         rettype;
    List       *commutatorName = NIL;   /* optional commutator operator name */
    List       *negatorName = NIL;  /* optional negator operator name */
    List       *restrictionName = NIL;  /* optional restrict. sel. function */
    List       *joinName = NIL; /* optional join sel. function */
    Oid         functionOid;    /* functions converted to OID */
    Oid         restrictionOid;
    Oid         joinOid;
    Oid         typeId[2];      /* to hold left and right arg */
    int         nargs;
    ListCell   *pl;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    oprNamespace = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &oprName);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, oprNamespace, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(oprNamespace));
 
    /*
     * loop over the definition list and extract the information we need.
     */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "leftarg") == 0)
        {
            typeName1 = defGetTypeName(defel);
            if (typeName1->setof)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("SETOF type not allowed for operator argument")));
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "rightarg") == 0)
        {
            typeName2 = defGetTypeName(defel);
            if (typeName2->setof)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("SETOF type not allowed for operator argument")));
        }
        /* "function" and "procedure" are equivalent here */
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "function") == 0)
            functionName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "procedure") == 0)
            functionName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "commutator") == 0)
            commutatorName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "negator") == 0)
            negatorName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "restrict") == 0)
            restrictionName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "join") == 0)
            joinName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "hashes") == 0)
            canHash = defGetBoolean(defel);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "merges") == 0)
            canMerge = defGetBoolean(defel);
        /* These obsolete options are taken as meaning canMerge */
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sort1") == 0)
            canMerge = true;
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "sort2") == 0)
            canMerge = true;
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "ltcmp") == 0)
            canMerge = true;
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "gtcmp") == 0)
            canMerge = true;
        else
        {
            /* WARNING, not ERROR, for historical backwards-compatibility */
            ereport(WARNING,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("operator attribute \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * make sure we have our required definitions
     */
    if (functionName == NIL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator function must be specified")));
 
    /* Transform type names to type OIDs */
    if (typeName1)
        typeId1 = typenameTypeId(NULL, typeName1);
    if (typeName2)
        typeId2 = typenameTypeId(NULL, typeName2);
 
    /*
     * If only the right argument is missing, the user is likely trying to
     * create a postfix operator, so give them a hint about why that does not
     * work.  But if both arguments are missing, do not mention postfix
     * operators, as the user most likely simply neglected to mention the
     * arguments.
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(typeId1) && !OidIsValid(typeId2))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator argument types must be specified")));
    if (!OidIsValid(typeId2))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("operator right argument type must be specified"),
                 errdetail("Postfix operators are not supported.")));
 
    if (typeName1)
    {
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, typeId1, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, typeId1);
    }
 
    if (typeName2)
    {
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, typeId2, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, typeId2);
    }
 
    /*
     * Look up the operator's underlying function.
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(typeId1))
    {
        typeId[0] = typeId2;
        nargs = 1;
    }
    else if (!OidIsValid(typeId2))
    {
        typeId[0] = typeId1;
        nargs = 1;
    }
    else
    {
        typeId[0] = typeId1;
        typeId[1] = typeId2;
        nargs = 2;
    }
    functionOid = LookupFuncName(functionName, nargs, typeId, false);
 
    /*
     * We require EXECUTE rights for the function.  This isn't strictly
     * necessary, since EXECUTE will be checked at any attempted use of the
     * operator, but it seems like a good idea anyway.
     */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, functionOid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
                       NameListToString(functionName));
 
    rettype = get_func_rettype(functionOid);
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, rettype, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, rettype);
 
    /*
     * Look up restriction and join estimators if specified
     */
    if (restrictionName)
        restrictionOid = ValidateRestrictionEstimator(restrictionName);
    else
        restrictionOid = InvalidOid;
    if (joinName)
        joinOid = ValidateJoinEstimator(joinName);
    else
        joinOid = InvalidOid;
 
    /*
     * now have OperatorCreate do all the work..
     */
    return
        OperatorCreate(oprName, /* operator name */
                       oprNamespace,    /* namespace */
                       typeId1, /* left type id */
                       typeId2, /* right type id */
                       functionOid, /* function for operator */
                       commutatorName,  /* optional commutator operator name */
                       negatorName, /* optional negator operator name */
                       restrictionOid,  /* optional restrict. sel. function */
                       joinOid, /* optional join sel. function name */
                       canMerge,    /* operator merges */
                       canHash);    /* operator hashes */
}

References ACL_CREATE, ACL_EXECUTE, ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, defGetBoolean(), defGetQualifiedName(), defGetTypeName(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_func_rettype(), get_namespace_name(), GetUserId(), InvalidOid, lfirst, LookupFuncName(), NameListToString(), NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, OBJECT_SCHEMA, OidIsValid, OperatorCreate(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), TypeName::setof, typenameTypeId(), ValidateJoinEstimator(), ValidateRestrictionEstimator(), and WARNING.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineOpFamily()

ObjectAddress DefineOpFamily

(

CreateOpFamilyStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 771 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    char       *opfname;        /* name of opfamily we're creating */
    Oid         amoid,          /* our AM's oid */
                namespaceoid;   /* namespace to create opfamily in */
    AclResult   aclresult;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(stmt->opfamilyname,
                                                     &opfname);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceoid, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(namespaceoid));
 
    /* Get access method OID, throwing an error if it doesn't exist. */
    amoid = get_index_am_oid(stmt->amname, false);
 
    /* XXX Should we make any privilege check against the AM? */
 
    /*
     * Currently, we require superuser privileges to create an opfamily. See
     * comments in DefineOpClass.
     */
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator family")));
 
    /* Insert pg_opfamily catalog entry */
    return CreateOpFamily(stmt, opfname, namespaceoid, amoid);
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, CreateOpFamily(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_index_am_oid(), get_namespace_name(), GetUserId(), object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), stmt, and superuser().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineTSConfiguration()

ObjectAddress DefineTSConfiguration	(	List *	names,
		List *	parameters,
		ObjectAddress *	copied
	)

Definition at line 899 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    Relation    cfgRel;
    Relation    mapRel = NULL;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_ts_config];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_ts_config];
    AclResult   aclresult;
    Oid         namespaceoid;
    char       *cfgname;
    NameData    cname;
    Oid         sourceOid = InvalidOid;
    Oid         prsOid = InvalidOid;
    Oid         cfgOid;
    ListCell   *pl;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &cfgname);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceoid, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(namespaceoid));
 
    /*
     * loop over the definition list and extract the information we need.
     */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "parser") == 0)
            prsOid = get_ts_parser_oid(defGetQualifiedName(defel), false);
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "copy") == 0)
            sourceOid = get_ts_config_oid(defGetQualifiedName(defel), false);
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("text search configuration parameter \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
    }
 
    if (OidIsValid(sourceOid) && OidIsValid(prsOid))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("cannot specify both PARSER and COPY options")));
 
    /* make copied tsconfig available to callers */
    if (copied && OidIsValid(sourceOid))
    {
        ObjectAddressSet(*copied,
                         TSConfigRelationId,
                         sourceOid);
    }
 
    /*
     * Look up source config if given.
     */
    if (OidIsValid(sourceOid))
    {
        Form_pg_ts_config cfg;
 
        tup = SearchSysCache1(TSCONFIGOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(sourceOid));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search configuration %u",
                 sourceOid);
 
        cfg = (Form_pg_ts_config) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
        /* use source's parser */
        prsOid = cfg->cfgparser;
 
        ReleaseSysCache(tup);
    }
 
    /*
     * Validation
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(prsOid))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search parser is required")));
 
    cfgRel = table_open(TSConfigRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Looks good, build tuple and insert
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    cfgOid = GetNewOidWithIndex(cfgRel, TSConfigOidIndexId,
                                Anum_pg_ts_config_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_config_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(cfgOid);
    namestrcpy(&cname, cfgname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&cname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(GetUserId());
    values[Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgparser - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(prsOid);
 
    tup = heap_form_tuple(cfgRel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(cfgRel, tup);
 
    if (OidIsValid(sourceOid))
    {
        /*
         * Copy token-dicts map from source config
         */
        ScanKeyData skey;
        SysScanDesc scan;
        HeapTuple   maptup;
        TupleDesc   mapDesc;
        TupleTableSlot **slot;
        CatalogIndexState indstate;
        int         max_slots,
                    slot_init_count,
                    slot_stored_count;
 
        mapRel = table_open(TSConfigMapRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
        mapDesc = RelationGetDescr(mapRel);
 
        indstate = CatalogOpenIndexes(mapRel);
 
        /*
         * Allocate the slots to use, but delay costly initialization until we
         * know that they will be used.
         */
        max_slots = MAX_CATALOG_MULTI_INSERT_BYTES / sizeof(FormData_pg_ts_config_map);
        slot = palloc(sizeof(TupleTableSlot *) * max_slots);
 
        ScanKeyInit(&skey,
                    Anum_pg_ts_config_map_mapcfg,
                    BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                    ObjectIdGetDatum(sourceOid));
 
        scan = systable_beginscan(mapRel, TSConfigMapIndexId, true,
                                  NULL, 1, &skey);
 
        /* number of slots currently storing tuples */
        slot_stored_count = 0;
        /* number of slots currently initialized */
        slot_init_count = 0;
 
        while (HeapTupleIsValid((maptup = systable_getnext(scan))))
        {
            Form_pg_ts_config_map cfgmap = (Form_pg_ts_config_map) GETSTRUCT(maptup);
 
            if (slot_init_count < max_slots)
            {
                slot[slot_stored_count] = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(mapDesc,
                                                                   &TTSOpsHeapTuple);
                slot_init_count++;
            }
 
            ExecClearTuple(slot[slot_stored_count]);
 
            memset(slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_isnull, false,
                   slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts * sizeof(bool));
 
            slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_values[Anum_pg_ts_config_map_mapcfg - 1] = cfgOid;
            slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_values[Anum_pg_ts_config_map_maptokentype - 1] = cfgmap->maptokentype;
            slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_values[Anum_pg_ts_config_map_mapseqno - 1] = cfgmap->mapseqno;
            slot[slot_stored_count]->tts_values[Anum_pg_ts_config_map_mapdict - 1] = cfgmap->mapdict;
 
            ExecStoreVirtualTuple(slot[slot_stored_count]);
            slot_stored_count++;
 
            /* If slots are full, insert a batch of tuples */
            if (slot_stored_count == max_slots)
            {
                CatalogTuplesMultiInsertWithInfo(mapRel, slot, slot_stored_count,
                                                 indstate);
                slot_stored_count = 0;
            }
        }
 
        /* Insert any tuples left in the buffer */
        if (slot_stored_count > 0)
            CatalogTuplesMultiInsertWithInfo(mapRel, slot, slot_stored_count,
                                             indstate);
 
        for (int i = 0; i < slot_init_count; i++)
            ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot[i]);
 
        systable_endscan(scan);
        CatalogCloseIndexes(indstate);
    }
 
    address = makeConfigurationDependencies(tup, false, mapRel);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new text search configuration */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(TSConfigRelationId, cfgOid, 0);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    if (mapRel)
        table_close(mapRel, RowExclusiveLock);
    table_close(cfgRel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogCloseIndexes(), CatalogOpenIndexes(), CatalogTupleInsert(), CatalogTuplesMultiInsertWithInfo(), defGetQualifiedName(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecClearTuple(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), FormData_pg_ts_config_map, get_namespace_name(), get_ts_config_oid(), get_ts_parser_oid(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, lfirst, makeConfigurationDependencies(), MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MAX_CATALOG_MULTI_INSERT_BYTES, NameGetDatum(), namestrcpy(), object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, palloc(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationGetDescr, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TupleTableSlot::tts_values, TTSOpsHeapTuple, and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineTSDictionary()

ObjectAddress DefineTSDictionary	(	List *	names,
		List *	parameters
	)

Definition at line 397 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    ListCell   *pl;
    Relation    dictRel;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_ts_dict];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_ts_dict];
    NameData    dname;
    Oid         templId = InvalidOid;
    List       *dictoptions = NIL;
    Oid         dictOid;
    Oid         namespaceoid;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    char       *dictname;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &dictname);
 
    /* Check we have creation rights in target namespace */
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceoid, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
                       get_namespace_name(namespaceoid));
 
    /*
     * loop over the definition list and extract the information we need.
     */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "template") == 0)
        {
            templId = get_ts_template_oid(defGetQualifiedName(defel), false);
        }
        else
        {
            /* Assume it's an option for the dictionary itself */
            dictoptions = lappend(dictoptions, defel);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Validation
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(templId))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search template is required")));
 
    verify_dictoptions(templId, dictoptions);
 
 
    dictRel = table_open(TSDictionaryRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Looks good, insert
     */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    dictOid = GetNewOidWithIndex(dictRel, TSDictionaryOidIndexId,
                                 Anum_pg_ts_dict_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(dictOid);
    namestrcpy(&dname, dictname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&dname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(GetUserId());
    values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dicttemplate - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(templId);
    if (dictoptions)
        values[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption - 1] =
            PointerGetDatum(serialize_deflist(dictoptions));
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictinitoption - 1] = true;
 
    tup = heap_form_tuple(dictRel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(dictRel, tup);
 
    address = makeDictionaryDependencies(tup);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new text search dictionary */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(TSDictionaryRelationId, dictOid, 0);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(dictRel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, CatalogTupleInsert(), defGetQualifiedName(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_ts_template_oid(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GetUserId(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, lappend(), lfirst, makeDictionaryDependencies(), NameGetDatum(), namestrcpy(), NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, RowExclusiveLock, serialize_deflist(), table_close(), table_open(), values, and verify_dictoptions().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineTSParser()

ObjectAddress DefineTSParser	(	List *	names,
		List *	parameters
	)

Definition at line 184 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    char       *prsname;
    ListCell   *pl;
    Relation    prsRel;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_ts_parser];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_ts_parser];
    NameData    pname;
    Oid         prsOid;
    Oid         namespaceoid;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be superuser to create text search parsers")));
 
    prsRel = table_open(TSParserRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &prsname);
 
    /* initialize tuple fields with name/namespace */
    memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    prsOid = GetNewOidWithIndex(prsRel, TSParserOidIndexId,
                                Anum_pg_ts_parser_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(prsOid);
    namestrcpy(&pname, prsname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&pname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid);
 
    /*
     * loop over the definition list and extract the information we need.
     */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "start") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsstart - 1] =
                get_ts_parser_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsstart);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "gettoken") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prstoken - 1] =
                get_ts_parser_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_parser_prstoken);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "end") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsend - 1] =
                get_ts_parser_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsend);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "headline") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsheadline - 1] =
                get_ts_parser_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsheadline);
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "lextypes") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prslextype - 1] =
                get_ts_parser_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_parser_prslextype);
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("text search parser parameter \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
    }
 
    /*
     * Validation
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(DatumGetObjectId(values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsstart - 1])))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search parser start method is required")));
 
    if (!OidIsValid(DatumGetObjectId(values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prstoken - 1])))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search parser gettoken method is required")));
 
    if (!OidIsValid(DatumGetObjectId(values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsend - 1])))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search parser end method is required")));
 
    if (!OidIsValid(DatumGetObjectId(values[Anum_pg_ts_parser_prslextype - 1])))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search parser lextypes method is required")));
 
    /*
     * Looks good, insert
     */
    tup = heap_form_tuple(prsRel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(prsRel, tup);
 
    address = makeParserDependencies(tup);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new text search parser */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(TSParserRelationId, prsOid, 0);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(prsRel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References CatalogTupleInsert(), DatumGetObjectId(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_ts_parser_func(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, lfirst, makeParserDependencies(), NameGetDatum(), namestrcpy(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, RowExclusiveLock, superuser(), table_close(), table_open(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

DefineTSTemplate()

ObjectAddress DefineTSTemplate	(	List *	names,
		List *	parameters
	)

Definition at line 690 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    ListCell   *pl;
    Relation    tmplRel;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_ts_template];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_ts_template];
    NameData    dname;
    int         i;
    Oid         tmplOid;
    Oid         namespaceoid;
    char       *tmplname;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    if (!superuser())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("must be superuser to create text search templates")));
 
    /* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
    namespaceoid = QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(names, &tmplname);
 
    tmplRel = table_open(TSTemplateRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    for (i = 0; i < Natts_pg_ts_template; i++)
    {
        nulls[i] = false;
        values[i] = ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid);
    }
 
    tmplOid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tmplRel, TSTemplateOidIndexId,
                                 Anum_pg_ts_dict_oid);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_template_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(tmplOid);
    namestrcpy(&dname, tmplname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&dname);
    values[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplnamespace - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceoid);
 
    /*
     * loop over the definition list and extract the information we need.
     */
    foreach(pl, parameters)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(pl);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "init") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplinit - 1] =
                get_ts_template_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplinit);
            nulls[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplinit - 1] = false;
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "lexize") == 0)
        {
            values[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmpllexize - 1] =
                get_ts_template_func(defel, Anum_pg_ts_template_tmpllexize);
            nulls[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmpllexize - 1] = false;
        }
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("text search template parameter \"%s\" not recognized",
                            defel->defname)));
    }
 
    /*
     * Validation
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(DatumGetObjectId(values[Anum_pg_ts_template_tmpllexize - 1])))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("text search template lexize method is required")));
 
    /*
     * Looks good, insert
     */
    tup = heap_form_tuple(tmplRel->rd_att, values, nulls);
 
    CatalogTupleInsert(tmplRel, tup);
 
    address = makeTSTemplateDependencies(tup);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new text search template */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(TSTemplateRelationId, tmplOid, 0);
 
    heap_freetuple(tup);
 
    table_close(tmplRel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    return address;
}

References CatalogTupleInsert(), DatumGetObjectId(), DefElem::defname, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_ts_template_func(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), i, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, lfirst, makeTSTemplateDependencies(), NameGetDatum(), namestrcpy(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, QualifiedNameGetCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_att, RowExclusiveLock, superuser(), table_close(), table_open(), and values.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

deserialize_deflist()

List* deserialize_deflist

(

Datum

txt

)

Definition at line 1621 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    text       *in = DatumGetTextPP(txt);   /* in case it's toasted */
    List       *result = NIL;
    int         len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(in);
    char       *ptr,
               *endptr,
               *workspace,
               *wsptr = NULL,
               *startvalue = NULL;
    typedef enum
    {
        CS_WAITKEY,
        CS_INKEY,
        CS_INQKEY,
        CS_WAITEQ,
        CS_WAITVALUE,
        CS_INSQVALUE,
        CS_INDQVALUE,
        CS_INWVALUE
    } ds_state;
    ds_state    state = CS_WAITKEY;
 
    workspace = (char *) palloc(len + 1);   /* certainly enough room */
    ptr = VARDATA_ANY(in);
    endptr = ptr + len;
    for (; ptr < endptr; ptr++)
    {
        switch (state)
        {
            case CS_WAITKEY:
                if (isspace((unsigned char) *ptr) || *ptr == ',')
                    continue;
                if (*ptr == '"')
                {
                    wsptr = workspace;
                    state = CS_INQKEY;
                }
                else
                {
                    wsptr = workspace;
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                    state = CS_INKEY;
                }
                break;
            case CS_INKEY:
                if (isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
                {
                    *wsptr++ = '\0';
                    state = CS_WAITEQ;
                }
                else if (*ptr == '=')
                {
                    *wsptr++ = '\0';
                    state = CS_WAITVALUE;
                }
                else
                {
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                break;
            case CS_INQKEY:
                if (*ptr == '"')
                {
                    if (ptr + 1 < endptr && ptr[1] == '"')
                    {
                        /* copy only one of the two quotes */
                        *wsptr++ = *ptr++;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        *wsptr++ = '\0';
                        state = CS_WAITEQ;
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                break;
            case CS_WAITEQ:
                if (*ptr == '=')
                    state = CS_WAITVALUE;
                else if (!isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                             errmsg("invalid parameter list format: \"%s\"",
                                    text_to_cstring(in))));
                break;
            case CS_WAITVALUE:
                if (*ptr == '\'')
                {
                    startvalue = wsptr;
                    state = CS_INSQVALUE;
                }
                else if (*ptr == 'E' && ptr + 1 < endptr && ptr[1] == '\'')
                {
                    ptr++;
                    startvalue = wsptr;
                    state = CS_INSQVALUE;
                }
                else if (*ptr == '"')
                {
                    startvalue = wsptr;
                    state = CS_INDQVALUE;
                }
                else if (!isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
                {
                    startvalue = wsptr;
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                    state = CS_INWVALUE;
                }
                break;
            case CS_INSQVALUE:
                if (*ptr == '\'')
                {
                    if (ptr + 1 < endptr && ptr[1] == '\'')
                    {
                        /* copy only one of the two quotes */
                        *wsptr++ = *ptr++;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        *wsptr++ = '\0';
                        result = lappend(result,
                                         buildDefItem(workspace,
                                                      startvalue,
                                                      true));
                        state = CS_WAITKEY;
                    }
                }
                else if (*ptr == '\\')
                {
                    if (ptr + 1 < endptr && ptr[1] == '\\')
                    {
                        /* copy only one of the two backslashes */
                        *wsptr++ = *ptr++;
                    }
                    else
                        *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                else
                {
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                break;
            case CS_INDQVALUE:
                if (*ptr == '"')
                {
                    if (ptr + 1 < endptr && ptr[1] == '"')
                    {
                        /* copy only one of the two quotes */
                        *wsptr++ = *ptr++;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        *wsptr++ = '\0';
                        result = lappend(result,
                                         buildDefItem(workspace,
                                                      startvalue,
                                                      true));
                        state = CS_WAITKEY;
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                break;
            case CS_INWVALUE:
                if (*ptr == ',' || isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
                {
                    *wsptr++ = '\0';
                    result = lappend(result,
                                     buildDefItem(workspace,
                                                  startvalue,
                                                  false));
                    state = CS_WAITKEY;
                }
                else
                {
                    *wsptr++ = *ptr;
                }
                break;
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized deserialize_deflist state: %d",
                     state);
        }
    }
 
    if (state == CS_INWVALUE)
    {
        *wsptr++ = '\0';
        result = lappend(result,
                         buildDefItem(workspace,
                                      startvalue,
                                      false));
    }
    else if (state != CS_WAITKEY)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("invalid parameter list format: \"%s\"",
                        text_to_cstring(in))));
 
    pfree(workspace);
 
    return result;
}

References buildDefItem(), DatumGetTextPP, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, lappend(), len, NIL, palloc(), pfree(), text_to_cstring(), VARDATA_ANY, and VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR.

Referenced by AlterTSDictionary(), lookup_ts_dictionary_cache(), ts_headline_byid_opt(), ts_headline_json_byid_opt(), and ts_headline_jsonb_byid_opt().

errorConflictingDefElem()

void errorConflictingDefElem	(	DefElem *	defel,
		ParseState *	pstate
	)

Definition at line 384 of file define.c.

{
    ereport(ERROR,
            errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
            errmsg("conflicting or redundant options"),
            parser_errposition(pstate, defel->location));
}

References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, DefElem::location, and parser_errposition().

Referenced by AlterDatabase(), AlterRole(), compute_common_attribute(), compute_function_attributes(), createdb(), CreateExtension(), CreateRole(), DefineCollation(), DefineRange(), DefineType(), ExecAlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt(), ExecAlterExtensionStmt(), ExecuteDoStmt(), generateSerialExtraStmts(), init_params(), parse_func_options(), parse_publication_options(), parse_subscription_options(), and ProcessCopyOptions().

ExecReindex()

void ExecReindex	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		const ReindexStmt *	stmt,
		bool	isTopLevel
	)

Definition at line 2801 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    ReindexParams params = {0};
    ListCell   *lc;
    bool        concurrently = false;
    bool        verbose = false;
    char       *tablespacename = NULL;
 
    /* Parse option list */
    foreach(lc, stmt->params)
    {
        DefElem    *opt = (DefElem *) lfirst(lc);
 
        if (strcmp(opt->defname, "verbose") == 0)
            verbose = defGetBoolean(opt);
        else if (strcmp(opt->defname, "concurrently") == 0)
            concurrently = defGetBoolean(opt);
        else if (strcmp(opt->defname, "tablespace") == 0)
            tablespacename = defGetString(opt);
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("unrecognized REINDEX option \"%s\"",
                            opt->defname),
                     parser_errposition(pstate, opt->location)));
    }
 
    if (concurrently)
        PreventInTransactionBlock(isTopLevel,
                                  "REINDEX CONCURRENTLY");
 
    params.options =
        (verbose ? REINDEXOPT_VERBOSE : 0) |
        (concurrently ? REINDEXOPT_CONCURRENTLY : 0);
 
    /*
     * Assign the tablespace OID to move indexes to, with InvalidOid to do
     * nothing.
     */
    if (tablespacename != NULL)
    {
        params.tablespaceOid = get_tablespace_oid(tablespacename, false);
 
        /* Check permissions except when moving to database's default */
        if (OidIsValid(params.tablespaceOid) &&
            params.tablespaceOid != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
        {
            AclResult   aclresult;
 
            aclresult = object_aclcheck(TableSpaceRelationId, params.tablespaceOid,
                                        GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
            if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
                aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
                               get_tablespace_name(params.tablespaceOid));
        }
    }
    else
        params.tablespaceOid = InvalidOid;
 
    switch (stmt->kind)
    {
        case REINDEX_OBJECT_INDEX:
            ReindexIndex(stmt, &params, isTopLevel);
            break;
        case REINDEX_OBJECT_TABLE:
            ReindexTable(stmt, &params, isTopLevel);
            break;
        case REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA:
        case REINDEX_OBJECT_SYSTEM:
        case REINDEX_OBJECT_DATABASE:
 
            /*
             * This cannot run inside a user transaction block; if we were
             * inside a transaction, then its commit- and
             * start-transaction-command calls would not have the intended
             * effect!
             */
            PreventInTransactionBlock(isTopLevel,
                                      (stmt->kind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA) ? "REINDEX SCHEMA" :
                                      (stmt->kind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SYSTEM) ? "REINDEX SYSTEM" :
                                      "REINDEX DATABASE");
            ReindexMultipleTables(stmt, &params);
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d",
                 (int) stmt->kind);
            break;
    }
}

References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, defGetBoolean(), defGetString(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GetUserId(), InvalidOid, lfirst, DefElem::location, MyDatabaseTableSpace, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_TABLESPACE, OidIsValid, ReindexParams::options, parser_errposition(), PreventInTransactionBlock(), REINDEX_OBJECT_DATABASE, REINDEX_OBJECT_INDEX, REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA, REINDEX_OBJECT_SYSTEM, REINDEX_OBJECT_TABLE, ReindexIndex(), ReindexMultipleTables(), REINDEXOPT_CONCURRENTLY, REINDEXOPT_VERBOSE, ReindexTable(), stmt, ReindexParams::tablespaceOid, and verbose.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

ExecuteCallStmt()

void ExecuteCallStmt	(	CallStmt *	stmt,
		ParamListInfo	params,
		bool	atomic,
		DestReceiver *	dest
	)

Definition at line 2174 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, FUNC_MAX_ARGS);
    ListCell   *lc;
    FuncExpr   *fexpr;
    int         nargs;
    int         i;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    FmgrInfo    flinfo;
    CallContext *callcontext;
    EState     *estate;
    ExprContext *econtext;
    HeapTuple   tp;
    PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
    Datum       retval;
 
    fexpr = stmt->funcexpr;
    Assert(fexpr);
    Assert(IsA(fexpr, FuncExpr));
 
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, fexpr->funcid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_PROCEDURE, get_func_name(fexpr->funcid));
 
    /* Prep the context object we'll pass to the procedure */
    callcontext = makeNode(CallContext);
    callcontext->atomic = atomic;
 
    tp = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fexpr->funcid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", fexpr->funcid);
 
    /*
     * If proconfig is set we can't allow transaction commands because of the
     * way the GUC stacking works: The transaction boundary would have to pop
     * the proconfig setting off the stack.  That restriction could be lifted
     * by redesigning the GUC nesting mechanism a bit.
     */
    if (!heap_attisnull(tp, Anum_pg_proc_proconfig, NULL))
        callcontext->atomic = true;
 
    /*
     * In security definer procedures, we can't allow transaction commands.
     * StartTransaction() insists that the security context stack is empty,
     * and AbortTransaction() resets the security context.  This could be
     * reorganized, but right now it doesn't work.
     */
    if (((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tp))->prosecdef)
        callcontext->atomic = true;
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tp);
 
    /* safety check; see ExecInitFunc() */
    nargs = list_length(fexpr->args);
    if (nargs > FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
                 errmsg_plural("cannot pass more than %d argument to a procedure",
                               "cannot pass more than %d arguments to a procedure",
                               FUNC_MAX_ARGS,
                               FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
 
    /* Initialize function call structure */
    InvokeFunctionExecuteHook(fexpr->funcid);
    fmgr_info(fexpr->funcid, &flinfo);
    fmgr_info_set_expr((Node *) fexpr, &flinfo);
    InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &flinfo, nargs, fexpr->inputcollid,
                             (Node *) callcontext, NULL);
 
    /*
     * Evaluate procedure arguments inside a suitable execution context.  Note
     * we can't free this context till the procedure returns.
     */
    estate = CreateExecutorState();
    estate->es_param_list_info = params;
    econtext = CreateExprContext(estate);
 
    /*
     * If we're called in non-atomic context, we also have to ensure that the
     * argument expressions run with an up-to-date snapshot.  Our caller will
     * have provided a current snapshot in atomic contexts, but not in
     * non-atomic contexts, because the possibility of a COMMIT/ROLLBACK
     * destroying the snapshot makes higher-level management too complicated.
     */
    if (!atomic)
        PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
 
    i = 0;
    foreach(lc, fexpr->args)
    {
        ExprState  *exprstate;
        Datum       val;
        bool        isnull;
 
        exprstate = ExecPrepareExpr(lfirst(lc), estate);
 
        val = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(exprstate, econtext, &isnull);
 
        fcinfo->args[i].value = val;
        fcinfo->args[i].isnull = isnull;
 
        i++;
    }
 
    /* Get rid of temporary snapshot for arguments, if we made one */
    if (!atomic)
        PopActiveSnapshot();
 
    /* Here we actually call the procedure */
    pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
    retval = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
 
    /* Handle the procedure's outputs */
    if (fexpr->funcresulttype == VOIDOID)
    {
        /* do nothing */
    }
    else if (fexpr->funcresulttype == RECORDOID)
    {
        /* send tuple to client */
        HeapTupleHeader td;
        Oid         tupType;
        int32       tupTypmod;
        TupleDesc   retdesc;
        HeapTupleData rettupdata;
        TupOutputState *tstate;
        TupleTableSlot *slot;
 
        if (fcinfo->isnull)
            elog(ERROR, "procedure returned null record");
 
        /*
         * Ensure there's an active snapshot whilst we execute whatever's
         * involved here.  Note that this is *not* sufficient to make the
         * world safe for TOAST pointers to be included in the returned data:
         * the referenced data could have gone away while we didn't hold a
         * snapshot.  Hence, it's incumbent on PLs that can do COMMIT/ROLLBACK
         * to not return TOAST pointers, unless those pointers were fetched
         * after the last COMMIT/ROLLBACK in the procedure.
         *
         * XXX that is a really nasty, hard-to-test requirement.  Is there a
         * way to remove it?
         */
        EnsurePortalSnapshotExists();
 
        td = DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(retval);
        tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td);
        tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td);
        retdesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
 
        tstate = begin_tup_output_tupdesc(dest, retdesc,
                                          &TTSOpsHeapTuple);
 
        rettupdata.t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(td);
        ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(rettupdata.t_self));
        rettupdata.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
        rettupdata.t_data = td;
 
        slot = ExecStoreHeapTuple(&rettupdata, tstate->slot, false);
        tstate->dest->receiveSlot(slot, tstate->dest);
 
        end_tup_output(tstate);
 
        ReleaseTupleDesc(retdesc);
    }
    else
        elog(ERROR, "unexpected result type for procedure: %u",
             fexpr->funcresulttype);
 
    FreeExecutorState(estate);
}

References ACL_EXECUTE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, FuncExpr::args, Assert, CallContext::atomic, begin_tup_output_tupdesc(), CreateExecutorState(), CreateExprContext(), DatumGetHeapTupleHeader, generate_unaccent_rules::dest, TupOutputState::dest, elog, end_tup_output(), EnsurePortalSnapshotExists(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg_plural(), ERROR, EState::es_param_list_info, ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(), ExecPrepareExpr(), ExecStoreHeapTuple(), fmgr_info(), fmgr_info_set_expr, FreeExecutorState(), FUNC_MAX_ARGS, FuncExpr::funcid, FunctionCallInvoke, get_func_name(), GETSTRUCT, GetTransactionSnapshot(), GetUserId(), heap_attisnull(), HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength, HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId, HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod, HeapTupleIsValid, i, InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvalidOid, InvokeFunctionExecuteHook, IsA, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lfirst, list_length(), LOCAL_FCINFO, lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), makeNode, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_PROCEDURE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), _DestReceiver::receiveSlot, ReleaseSysCache(), ReleaseTupleDesc, SearchSysCache1(), TupOutputState::slot, stmt, HeapTupleData::t_data, HeapTupleData::t_len, HeapTupleData::t_self, HeapTupleData::t_tableOid, TTSOpsHeapTuple, and val.

Referenced by standard_ProcessUtility().

ExecuteDoStmt()

void ExecuteDoStmt	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		DoStmt *	stmt,
		bool	atomic
	)

Definition at line 2052 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    InlineCodeBlock *codeblock = makeNode(InlineCodeBlock);
    ListCell   *arg;
    DefElem    *as_item = NULL;
    DefElem    *language_item = NULL;
    char       *language;
    Oid         laninline;
    HeapTuple   languageTuple;
    Form_pg_language languageStruct;
 
    /* Process options we got from gram.y */
    foreach(arg, stmt->args)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(arg);
 
        if (strcmp(defel->defname, "as") == 0)
        {
            if (as_item)
                errorConflictingDefElem(defel, pstate);
            as_item = defel;
        }
        else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "language") == 0)
        {
            if (language_item)
                errorConflictingDefElem(defel, pstate);
            language_item = defel;
        }
        else
            elog(ERROR, "option \"%s\" not recognized",
                 defel->defname);
    }
 
    if (as_item)
        codeblock->source_text = strVal(as_item->arg);
    else
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("no inline code specified")));
 
    /* if LANGUAGE option wasn't specified, use the default */
    if (language_item)
        language = strVal(language_item->arg);
    else
        language = "plpgsql";
 
    /* Look up the language and validate permissions */
    languageTuple = SearchSysCache1(LANGNAME, PointerGetDatum(language));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(languageTuple))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("language \"%s\" does not exist", language),
                 (extension_file_exists(language) ?
                  errhint("Use CREATE EXTENSION to load the language into the database.") : 0)));
 
    languageStruct = (Form_pg_language) GETSTRUCT(languageTuple);
    codeblock->langOid = languageStruct->oid;
    codeblock->langIsTrusted = languageStruct->lanpltrusted;
    codeblock->atomic = atomic;
 
    if (languageStruct->lanpltrusted)
    {
        /* if trusted language, need USAGE privilege */
        AclResult   aclresult;
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(LanguageRelationId, codeblock->langOid, GetUserId(),
                                    ACL_USAGE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_LANGUAGE,
                           NameStr(languageStruct->lanname));
    }
    else
    {
        /* if untrusted language, must be superuser */
        if (!superuser())
            aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, OBJECT_LANGUAGE,
                           NameStr(languageStruct->lanname));
    }
 
    /* get the handler function's OID */
    laninline = languageStruct->laninline;
    if (!OidIsValid(laninline))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("language \"%s\" does not support inline code execution",
                        NameStr(languageStruct->lanname))));
 
    ReleaseSysCache(languageTuple);
 
    /* execute the inline handler */
    OidFunctionCall1(laninline, PointerGetDatum(codeblock));
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, ACLCHECK_OK, arg, DefElem::arg, InlineCodeBlock::atomic, DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, errorConflictingDefElem(), extension_file_exists(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, InlineCodeBlock::langIsTrusted, InlineCodeBlock::langOid, lfirst, makeNode, NameStr, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_LANGUAGE, OidFunctionCall1, OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), InlineCodeBlock::source_text, stmt, strVal, and superuser().

Referenced by standard_ProcessUtility().

get_am_name()

char* get_am_name

(

Oid

amOid

)

Definition at line 192 of file amcmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tup;
    char       *result = NULL;
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(amOid));
    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    {
        Form_pg_am  amform = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
        result = pstrdup(NameStr(amform->amname));
        ReleaseSysCache(tup);
    }
    return result;
}

References GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, NameStr, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pstrdup(), ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache1().

Referenced by assignOperTypes(), getObjectIdentityParts(), IsThereOpClassInNamespace(), and IsThereOpFamilyInNamespace().

get_am_oid()

Oid get_am_oid	(	const char *	amname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 183 of file amcmds.c.

{
    return get_am_type_oid(amname, '\0', missing_ok);
}

References get_am_type_oid().

Referenced by get_object_address_unqualified().

get_index_am_oid()

Oid get_index_am_oid	(	const char *	amname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 163 of file amcmds.c.

{
    return get_am_type_oid(amname, AMTYPE_INDEX, missing_ok);
}

References get_am_type_oid().

Referenced by DefineOpFamily(), get_object_address_opcf(), and transformIndexConstraint().

get_opclass_oid()

Oid get_opclass_oid	(	Oid	amID,
		List *	opclassname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 219 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   htup;
    Form_pg_opclass opcform;
    Oid         opcID;
 
    htup = OpClassCacheLookup(amID, opclassname, missing_ok);
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))
        return InvalidOid;
    opcform = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    opcID = opcform->oid;
    ReleaseSysCache(htup);
 
    return opcID;
}

References GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, OpClassCacheLookup(), and ReleaseSysCache().

Referenced by findRangeSubOpclass(), get_object_address_opcf(), and resolve_unique_index_expr().

get_opfamily_oid()

Oid get_opfamily_oid	(	Oid	amID,
		List *	opfamilyname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 138 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   htup;
    Form_pg_opfamily opfamform;
    Oid         opfID;
 
    htup = OpFamilyCacheLookup(amID, opfamilyname, missing_ok);
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))
        return InvalidOid;
    opfamform = (Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    opfID = opfamform->oid;
    ReleaseSysCache(htup);
 
    return opfID;
}

References GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, OpFamilyCacheLookup(), and ReleaseSysCache().

Referenced by AlterOpFamily(), AlterOpFamilyAdd(), DefineOpClass(), and get_object_address_opcf().

get_table_am_oid()

Oid get_table_am_oid	(	const char *	amname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 173 of file amcmds.c.

{
    return get_am_type_oid(amname, AMTYPE_TABLE, missing_ok);
}

References get_am_type_oid().

Referenced by ATPrepSetAccessMethod(), check_default_table_access_method(), and DefineRelation().

get_transform_oid()

Oid get_transform_oid	(	Oid	type_id,
		Oid	lang_id,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 2005 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    Oid         oid;
 
    oid = GetSysCacheOid2(TRFTYPELANG, Anum_pg_transform_oid,
                          ObjectIdGetDatum(type_id),
                          ObjectIdGetDatum(lang_id));
    if (!OidIsValid(oid) && !missing_ok)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("transform for type %s language \"%s\" does not exist",
                        format_type_be(type_id),
                        get_language_name(lang_id, false))));
    return oid;
}

References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), get_language_name(), GetSysCacheOid2, ObjectIdGetDatum(), and OidIsValid.

Referenced by CreateFunction(), get_object_address(), and ProcedureCreate().

GetDefaultOpClass()

Oid GetDefaultOpClass	(	Oid	type_id,
		Oid	am_id
	)

Definition at line 2338 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    Oid         result = InvalidOid;
    int         nexact = 0;
    int         ncompatible = 0;
    int         ncompatiblepreferred = 0;
    Relation    rel;
    ScanKeyData skey[1];
    SysScanDesc scan;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    TYPCATEGORY tcategory;
 
    /* If it's a domain, look at the base type instead */
    type_id = getBaseType(type_id);
 
    tcategory = TypeCategory(type_id);
 
    /*
     * We scan through all the opclasses available for the access method,
     * looking for one that is marked default and matches the target type
     * (either exactly or binary-compatibly, but prefer an exact match).
     *
     * We could find more than one binary-compatible match.  If just one is
     * for a preferred type, use that one; otherwise we fail, forcing the user
     * to specify which one he wants.  (The preferred-type special case is a
     * kluge for varchar: it's binary-compatible to both text and bpchar, so
     * we need a tiebreaker.)  If we find more than one exact match, then
     * someone put bogus entries in pg_opclass.
     */
    rel = table_open(OperatorClassRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
    ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                Anum_pg_opclass_opcmethod,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(am_id));
 
    scan = systable_beginscan(rel, OpclassAmNameNspIndexId, true,
                              NULL, 1, skey);
 
    while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan)))
    {
        Form_pg_opclass opclass = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
        /* ignore altogether if not a default opclass */
        if (!opclass->opcdefault)
            continue;
        if (opclass->opcintype == type_id)
        {
            nexact++;
            result = opclass->oid;
        }
        else if (nexact == 0 &&
                 IsBinaryCoercible(type_id, opclass->opcintype))
        {
            if (IsPreferredType(tcategory, opclass->opcintype))
            {
                ncompatiblepreferred++;
                result = opclass->oid;
            }
            else if (ncompatiblepreferred == 0)
            {
                ncompatible++;
                result = opclass->oid;
            }
        }
    }
 
    systable_endscan(scan);
 
    table_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
 
    /* raise error if pg_opclass contains inconsistent data */
    if (nexact > 1)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("there are multiple default operator classes for data type %s",
                        format_type_be(type_id))));
 
    if (nexact == 1 ||
        ncompatiblepreferred == 1 ||
        (ncompatiblepreferred == 0 && ncompatible == 1))
        return result;
 
    return InvalidOid;
}

References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), getBaseType(), GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, IsBinaryCoercible(), IsPreferredType(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), and TypeCategory().

Referenced by ComputePartitionAttrs(), findRangeSubOpclass(), get_opclass(), get_opclass_name(), lookup_type_cache(), ResolveOpClass(), and transformIndexConstraint().

GetOperatorFromWellKnownStrategy()

void GetOperatorFromWellKnownStrategy	(	Oid	opclass,
		Oid	rhstype,
		Oid *	opid,
		StrategyNumber *	strat
	)

Definition at line 2441 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    Oid         opfamily;
    Oid         opcintype;
    StrategyNumber instrat = *strat;
 
    Assert(instrat == RTEqualStrategyNumber || instrat == RTOverlapStrategyNumber || instrat == RTContainedByStrategyNumber);
 
    *opid = InvalidOid;
 
    if (get_opclass_opfamily_and_input_type(opclass, &opfamily, &opcintype))
    {
        /*
         * Ask the opclass to translate to its internal stratnum
         *
         * For now we only need GiST support, but this could support other
         * indexams if we wanted.
         */
        *strat = GistTranslateStratnum(opclass, instrat);
        if (*strat == InvalidStrategy)
        {
            HeapTuple   tuple;
 
            tuple = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opclass));
            if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
                elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator class %u", opclass);
 
            ereport(ERROR,
                    errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                    instrat == RTEqualStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) :
                    instrat == RTOverlapStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify an overlaps operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) :
                    instrat == RTContainedByStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify a contained-by operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) : 0,
                    errdetail("Could not translate strategy number %d for operator class \"%s\" for access method \"%s\".",
                              instrat, NameStr(((Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->opcname), "gist"));
        }
 
        /*
         * We parameterize rhstype so foreign keys can ask for a <@ operator
         * whose rhs matches the aggregate function. For example range_agg
         * returns anymultirange.
         */
        if (!OidIsValid(rhstype))
            rhstype = opcintype;
        *opid = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, rhstype, *strat);
    }
 
    if (!OidIsValid(*opid))
    {
        HeapTuple   tuple;
 
        tuple = SearchSysCache1(OPFAMILYOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamily));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator family %u", opfamily);
 
        ereport(ERROR,
                errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                instrat == RTEqualStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) :
                instrat == RTOverlapStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify an overlaps operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) :
                instrat == RTContainedByStrategyNumber ? errmsg("could not identify a contained-by operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) : 0,
                errdetail("There is no suitable operator in operator family \"%s\" for access method \"%s\".",
                          NameStr(((Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->opfname), "gist"));
    }
}

References Assert, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), get_opclass_opfamily_and_input_type(), get_opfamily_member(), GETSTRUCT, GistTranslateStratnum(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvalidStrategy, NameStr, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RTContainedByStrategyNumber, RTEqualStrategyNumber, RTOverlapStrategyNumber, and SearchSysCache1().

Referenced by ComputeIndexAttrs(), and FindFKPeriodOpers().

ImportForeignSchema()

void ImportForeignSchema

(

ImportForeignSchemaStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1484 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    ForeignServer *server;
    ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
    FdwRoutine *fdw_routine;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    List       *cmd_list;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* Check that the foreign server exists and that we have USAGE on it */
    server = GetForeignServerByName(stmt->server_name, false);
    aclresult = object_aclcheck(ForeignServerRelationId, server->serverid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
        aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER, server->servername);
 
    /* Check that the schema exists and we have CREATE permissions on it */
    (void) LookupCreationNamespace(stmt->local_schema);
 
    /* Get the FDW and check it supports IMPORT */
    fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid);
    if (!OidIsValid(fdw->fdwhandler))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" has no handler",
                        fdw->fdwname)));
    fdw_routine = GetFdwRoutine(fdw->fdwhandler);
    if (fdw_routine->ImportForeignSchema == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FDW_NO_SCHEMAS),
                 errmsg("foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" does not support IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA",
                        fdw->fdwname)));
 
    /* Call FDW to get a list of commands */
    cmd_list = fdw_routine->ImportForeignSchema(stmt, server->serverid);
 
    /* Parse and execute each command */
    foreach(lc, cmd_list)
    {
        char       *cmd = (char *) lfirst(lc);
        import_error_callback_arg callback_arg;
        ErrorContextCallback sqlerrcontext;
        List       *raw_parsetree_list;
        ListCell   *lc2;
 
        /*
         * Setup error traceback support for ereport().  This is so that any
         * error in the generated SQL will be displayed nicely.
         */
        callback_arg.tablename = NULL;  /* not known yet */
        callback_arg.cmd = cmd;
        sqlerrcontext.callback = import_error_callback;
        sqlerrcontext.arg = (void *) &callback_arg;
        sqlerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
        error_context_stack = &sqlerrcontext;
 
        /*
         * Parse the SQL string into a list of raw parse trees.
         */
        raw_parsetree_list = pg_parse_query(cmd);
 
        /*
         * Process each parse tree (we allow the FDW to put more than one
         * command per string, though this isn't really advised).
         */
        foreach(lc2, raw_parsetree_list)
        {
            RawStmt    *rs = lfirst_node(RawStmt, lc2);
            CreateForeignTableStmt *cstmt = (CreateForeignTableStmt *) rs->stmt;
            PlannedStmt *pstmt;
 
            /*
             * Because we only allow CreateForeignTableStmt, we can skip parse
             * analysis, rewrite, and planning steps here.
             */
            if (!IsA(cstmt, CreateForeignTableStmt))
                elog(ERROR,
                     "foreign-data wrapper \"%s\" returned incorrect statement type %d",
                     fdw->fdwname, (int) nodeTag(cstmt));
 
            /* Ignore commands for tables excluded by filter options */
            if (!IsImportableForeignTable(cstmt->base.relation->relname, stmt))
                continue;
 
            /* Enable reporting of current table's name on error */
            callback_arg.tablename = cstmt->base.relation->relname;
 
            /* Ensure creation schema is the one given in IMPORT statement */
            cstmt->base.relation->schemaname = pstrdup(stmt->local_schema);
 
            /* No planning needed, just make a wrapper PlannedStmt */
            pstmt = makeNode(PlannedStmt);
            pstmt->commandType = CMD_UTILITY;
            pstmt->canSetTag = false;
            pstmt->utilityStmt = (Node *) cstmt;
            pstmt->stmt_location = rs->stmt_location;
            pstmt->stmt_len = rs->stmt_len;
 
            /* Execute statement */
            ProcessUtility(pstmt, cmd, false,
                           PROCESS_UTILITY_SUBCOMMAND, NULL, NULL,
                           None_Receiver, NULL);
 
            /* Be sure to advance the command counter between subcommands */
            CommandCounterIncrement();
 
            callback_arg.tablename = NULL;
        }
 
        error_context_stack = sqlerrcontext.previous;
    }
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, ErrorContextCallback::arg, CreateForeignTableStmt::base, ErrorContextCallback::callback, import_error_callback_arg::cmd, CMD_UTILITY, CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, error_context_stack, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwhandler, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwname, GetFdwRoutine(), GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServerByName(), GetUserId(), if(), import_error_callback(), FdwRoutine::ImportForeignSchema, IsA, IsImportableForeignTable(), lfirst, lfirst_node, LookupCreationNamespace(), makeNode, nodeTag, None_Receiver, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER, OidIsValid, pg_parse_query(), ErrorContextCallback::previous, PROCESS_UTILITY_SUBCOMMAND, ProcessUtility(), pstrdup(), CreateStmt::relation, RangeVar::relname, RangeVar::schemaname, ForeignServer::serverid, ForeignServer::servername, RawStmt::stmt, stmt, RawStmt::stmt_len, RawStmt::stmt_location, and import_error_callback_arg::tablename.

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

interpret_function_parameter_list()

void interpret_function_parameter_list	(	ParseState *	pstate,
		List *	parameters,
		Oid	languageOid,
		ObjectType	objtype,
		oidvector **	parameterTypes,
		List **	parameterTypes_list,
		ArrayType **	allParameterTypes,
		ArrayType **	parameterModes,
		ArrayType **	parameterNames,
		List **	inParameterNames_list,
		List **	parameterDefaults,
		Oid *	variadicArgType,
		Oid *	requiredResultType
	)

Definition at line 182 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    int         parameterCount = list_length(parameters);
    Oid        *inTypes;
    int         inCount = 0;
    Datum      *allTypes;
    Datum      *paramModes;
    Datum      *paramNames;
    int         outCount = 0;
    int         varCount = 0;
    bool        have_names = false;
    bool        have_defaults = false;
    ListCell   *x;
    int         i;
 
    *variadicArgType = InvalidOid;  /* default result */
    *requiredResultType = InvalidOid;   /* default result */
 
    inTypes = (Oid *) palloc(parameterCount * sizeof(Oid));
    allTypes = (Datum *) palloc(parameterCount * sizeof(Datum));
    paramModes = (Datum *) palloc(parameterCount * sizeof(Datum));
    paramNames = (Datum *) palloc0(parameterCount * sizeof(Datum));
    *parameterDefaults = NIL;
 
    /* Scan the list and extract data into work arrays */
    i = 0;
    foreach(x, parameters)
    {
        FunctionParameter *fp = (FunctionParameter *) lfirst(x);
        TypeName   *t = fp->argType;
        FunctionParameterMode fpmode = fp->mode;
        bool        isinput = false;
        Oid         toid;
        Type        typtup;
        AclResult   aclresult;
 
        /* For our purposes here, a defaulted mode spec is identical to IN */
        if (fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_DEFAULT)
            fpmode = FUNC_PARAM_IN;
 
        typtup = LookupTypeName(NULL, t, NULL, false);
        if (typtup)
        {
            if (!((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typtup))->typisdefined)
            {
                /* As above, hard error if language is SQL */
                if (languageOid == SQLlanguageId)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("SQL function cannot accept shell type %s",
                                    TypeNameToString(t))));
                /* We don't allow creating aggregates on shell types either */
                else if (objtype == OBJECT_AGGREGATE)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("aggregate cannot accept shell type %s",
                                    TypeNameToString(t))));
                else
                    ereport(NOTICE,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                             errmsg("argument type %s is only a shell",
                                    TypeNameToString(t))));
            }
            toid = typeTypeId(typtup);
            ReleaseSysCache(typtup);
        }
        else
        {
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("type %s does not exist",
                            TypeNameToString(t))));
            toid = InvalidOid;  /* keep compiler quiet */
        }
 
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, toid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, toid);
 
        if (t->setof)
        {
            if (objtype == OBJECT_AGGREGATE)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("aggregates cannot accept set arguments")));
            else if (objtype == OBJECT_PROCEDURE)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("procedures cannot accept set arguments")));
            else
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("functions cannot accept set arguments")));
        }
 
        /* handle input parameters */
        if (fpmode != FUNC_PARAM_OUT && fpmode != FUNC_PARAM_TABLE)
        {
            /* other input parameters can't follow a VARIADIC parameter */
            if (varCount > 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("VARIADIC parameter must be the last input parameter")));
            inTypes[inCount++] = toid;
            isinput = true;
            if (parameterTypes_list)
                *parameterTypes_list = lappend_oid(*parameterTypes_list, toid);
        }
 
        /* handle output parameters */
        if (fpmode != FUNC_PARAM_IN && fpmode != FUNC_PARAM_VARIADIC)
        {
            if (objtype == OBJECT_PROCEDURE)
            {
                /*
                 * We disallow OUT-after-VARIADIC only for procedures.  While
                 * such a case causes no confusion in ordinary function calls,
                 * it would cause confusion in a CALL statement.
                 */
                if (varCount > 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("VARIADIC parameter must be the last parameter")));
                /* Procedures with output parameters always return RECORD */
                *requiredResultType = RECORDOID;
            }
            else if (outCount == 0) /* save first output param's type */
                *requiredResultType = toid;
            outCount++;
        }
 
        if (fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_VARIADIC)
        {
            *variadicArgType = toid;
            varCount++;
            /* validate variadic parameter type */
            switch (toid)
            {
                case ANYARRAYOID:
                case ANYCOMPATIBLEARRAYOID:
                case ANYOID:
                    /* okay */
                    break;
                default:
                    if (!OidIsValid(get_element_type(toid)))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("VARIADIC parameter must be an array")));
                    break;
            }
        }
 
        allTypes[i] = ObjectIdGetDatum(toid);
 
        paramModes[i] = CharGetDatum(fpmode);
 
        if (fp->name && fp->name[0])
        {
            ListCell   *px;
 
            /*
             * As of Postgres 9.0 we disallow using the same name for two
             * input or two output function parameters.  Depending on the
             * function's language, conflicting input and output names might
             * be bad too, but we leave it to the PL to complain if so.
             */
            foreach(px, parameters)
            {
                FunctionParameter *prevfp = (FunctionParameter *) lfirst(px);
                FunctionParameterMode prevfpmode;
 
                if (prevfp == fp)
                    break;
                /* as above, default mode is IN */
                prevfpmode = prevfp->mode;
                if (prevfpmode == FUNC_PARAM_DEFAULT)
                    prevfpmode = FUNC_PARAM_IN;
                /* pure in doesn't conflict with pure out */
                if ((fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_IN ||
                     fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_VARIADIC) &&
                    (prevfpmode == FUNC_PARAM_OUT ||
                     prevfpmode == FUNC_PARAM_TABLE))
                    continue;
                if ((prevfpmode == FUNC_PARAM_IN ||
                     prevfpmode == FUNC_PARAM_VARIADIC) &&
                    (fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_OUT ||
                     fpmode == FUNC_PARAM_TABLE))
                    continue;
                if (prevfp->name && prevfp->name[0] &&
                    strcmp(prevfp->name, fp->name) == 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("parameter name \"%s\" used more than once",
                                    fp->name)));
            }
 
            paramNames[i] = CStringGetTextDatum(fp->name);
            have_names = true;
        }
 
        if (inParameterNames_list)
            *inParameterNames_list = lappend(*inParameterNames_list, makeString(fp->name ? fp->name : pstrdup("")));
 
        if (fp->defexpr)
        {
            Node       *def;
 
            if (!isinput)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("only input parameters can have default values")));
 
            def = transformExpr(pstate, fp->defexpr,
                                EXPR_KIND_FUNCTION_DEFAULT);
            def = coerce_to_specific_type(pstate, def, toid, "DEFAULT");
            assign_expr_collations(pstate, def);
 
            /*
             * Make sure no variables are referred to (this is probably dead
             * code now that add_missing_from is history).
             */
            if (pstate->p_rtable != NIL ||
                contain_var_clause(def))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
                         errmsg("cannot use table references in parameter default value")));
 
            /*
             * transformExpr() should have already rejected subqueries,
             * aggregates, and window functions, based on the EXPR_KIND_ for a
             * default expression.
             *
             * It can't return a set either --- but coerce_to_specific_type
             * already checked that for us.
             *
             * Note: the point of these restrictions is to ensure that an
             * expression that, on its face, hasn't got subplans, aggregates,
             * etc cannot suddenly have them after function default arguments
             * are inserted.
             */
 
            *parameterDefaults = lappend(*parameterDefaults, def);
            have_defaults = true;
        }
        else
        {
            if (isinput && have_defaults)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("input parameters after one with a default value must also have defaults")));
 
            /*
             * For procedures, we also can't allow OUT parameters after one
             * with a default, because the same sort of confusion arises in a
             * CALL statement.
             */
            if (objtype == OBJECT_PROCEDURE && have_defaults)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("procedure OUT parameters cannot appear after one with a default value")));
        }
 
        i++;
    }
 
    /* Now construct the proper outputs as needed */
    *parameterTypes = buildoidvector(inTypes, inCount);
 
    if (outCount > 0 || varCount > 0)
    {
        *allParameterTypes = construct_array_builtin(allTypes, parameterCount, OIDOID);
        *parameterModes = construct_array_builtin(paramModes, parameterCount, CHAROID);
        if (outCount > 1)
            *requiredResultType = RECORDOID;
        /* otherwise we set requiredResultType correctly above */
    }
    else
    {
        *allParameterTypes = NULL;
        *parameterModes = NULL;
    }
 
    if (have_names)
    {
        for (i = 0; i < parameterCount; i++)
        {
            if (paramNames[i] == PointerGetDatum(NULL))
                paramNames[i] = CStringGetTextDatum("");
        }
        *parameterNames = construct_array_builtin(paramNames, parameterCount, TEXTOID);
    }
    else
        *parameterNames = NULL;
}

References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, FunctionParameter::argType, assign_expr_collations(), buildoidvector(), CharGetDatum(), coerce_to_specific_type(), construct_array_builtin(), contain_var_clause(), CStringGetTextDatum, FunctionParameter::defexpr, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EXPR_KIND_FUNCTION_DEFAULT, FUNC_PARAM_DEFAULT, FUNC_PARAM_IN, FUNC_PARAM_OUT, FUNC_PARAM_TABLE, FUNC_PARAM_VARIADIC, get_element_type(), GETSTRUCT, GetUserId(), i, InvalidOid, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, list_length(), LookupTypeName(), makeString(), FunctionParameter::mode, FunctionParameter::name, NIL, NOTICE, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_AGGREGATE, OBJECT_PROCEDURE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ParseState::p_rtable, palloc(), palloc0(), PointerGetDatum(), pstrdup(), px(), ReleaseSysCache(), TypeName::setof, transformExpr(), TypeNameToString(), typeTypeId(), and x.

Referenced by CreateFunction(), and DefineAggregate().

IsThereFunctionInNamespace()

void IsThereFunctionInNamespace	(	const char *	proname,
		int	pronargs,
		oidvector *	proargtypes,
		Oid	nspOid
	)

Definition at line 2029 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    /* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */
    if (SearchSysCacheExists3(PROCNAMEARGSNSP,
                              CStringGetDatum(proname),
                              PointerGetDatum(proargtypes),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(nspOid)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FUNCTION),
                 errmsg("function %s already exists in schema \"%s\"",
                        funcname_signature_string(proname, pronargs,
                                                  NIL, proargtypes->values),
                        get_namespace_name(nspOid))));
}

References CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, funcname_signature_string(), get_namespace_name(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), proname, pronargs, SearchSysCacheExists3, and oidvector::values.

Referenced by AlterObjectNamespace_internal(), and AlterObjectRename_internal().

IsThereOpClassInNamespace()

void IsThereOpClassInNamespace	(	const char *	opcname,
		Oid	opcmethod,
		Oid	opcnamespace
	)

Definition at line 1707 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    /* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
    if (SearchSysCacheExists3(CLAAMNAMENSP,
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(opcmethod),
                              CStringGetDatum(opcname),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(opcnamespace)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" for access method \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
                        opcname,
                        get_am_name(opcmethod),
                        get_namespace_name(opcnamespace))));
}

References CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, get_am_name(), get_namespace_name(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), and SearchSysCacheExists3.

Referenced by AlterObjectNamespace_internal(), and AlterObjectRename_internal().

IsThereOpFamilyInNamespace()

void IsThereOpFamilyInNamespace	(	const char *	opfname,
		Oid	opfmethod,
		Oid	opfnamespace
	)

Definition at line 1730 of file opclasscmds.c.

{
    /* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
    if (SearchSysCacheExists3(OPFAMILYAMNAMENSP,
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(opfmethod),
                              CStringGetDatum(opfname),
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(opfnamespace)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("operator family \"%s\" for access method \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
                        opfname,
                        get_am_name(opfmethod),
                        get_namespace_name(opfnamespace))));
}

References CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, get_am_name(), get_namespace_name(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), and SearchSysCacheExists3.

Referenced by AlterObjectNamespace_internal(), and AlterObjectRename_internal().

makeObjectName()

char* makeObjectName	(	const char *	name1,
		const char *	name2,
		const char *	label
	)

Definition at line 2529 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    char       *name;
    int         overhead = 0;   /* chars needed for label and underscores */
    int         availchars;     /* chars available for name(s) */
    int         name1chars;     /* chars allocated to name1 */
    int         name2chars;     /* chars allocated to name2 */
    int         ndx;
 
    name1chars = strlen(name1);
    if (name2)
    {
        name2chars = strlen(name2);
        overhead++;             /* allow for separating underscore */
    }
    else
        name2chars = 0;
    if (label)
        overhead += strlen(label) + 1;
 
    availchars = NAMEDATALEN - 1 - overhead;
    Assert(availchars > 0);     /* else caller chose a bad label */
 
    /*
     * If we must truncate, preferentially truncate the longer name. This
     * logic could be expressed without a loop, but it's simple and obvious as
     * a loop.
     */
    while (name1chars + name2chars > availchars)
    {
        if (name1chars > name2chars)
            name1chars--;
        else
            name2chars--;
    }
 
    name1chars = pg_mbcliplen(name1, name1chars, name1chars);
    if (name2)
        name2chars = pg_mbcliplen(name2, name2chars, name2chars);
 
    /* Now construct the string using the chosen lengths */
    name = palloc(name1chars + name2chars + overhead + 1);
    memcpy(name, name1, name1chars);
    ndx = name1chars;
    if (name2)
    {
        name[ndx++] = '_';
        memcpy(name + ndx, name2, name2chars);
        ndx += name2chars;
    }
    if (label)
    {
        name[ndx++] = '_';
        strcpy(name + ndx, label);
    }
    else
        name[ndx] = '\0';
 
    return name;
}

References Assert, label, name, NAMEDATALEN, palloc(), and pg_mbcliplen().

Referenced by ChooseConstraintName(), ChooseExtendedStatisticName(), ChooseRelationName(), and makeArrayTypeName().

RemoveFunctionById()

void RemoveFunctionById

(

Oid

funcOid

)

Definition at line 1292 of file functioncmds.c.

{
    Relation    relation;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    char        prokind;
 
    /*
     * Delete the pg_proc tuple.
     */
    relation = table_open(ProcedureRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(funcOid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", funcOid);
 
    prokind = ((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup))->prokind;
 
    CatalogTupleDelete(relation, &tup->t_self);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    pgstat_drop_function(funcOid);
 
    /*
     * If there's a pg_aggregate tuple, delete that too.
     */
    if (prokind == PROKIND_AGGREGATE)
    {
        relation = table_open(AggregateRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
        tup = SearchSysCache1(AGGFNOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(funcOid));
        if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
            elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for pg_aggregate tuple for function %u", funcOid);
 
        CatalogTupleDelete(relation, &tup->t_self);
 
        ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
        table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
    }
}

References CatalogTupleDelete(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pgstat_drop_function(), ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by doDeletion().

RemoveObjects()

void RemoveObjects

(

DropStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 53 of file dropcmds.c.

{
    ObjectAddresses *objects;
    ListCell   *cell1;
 
    objects = new_object_addresses();
 
    foreach(cell1, stmt->objects)
    {
        ObjectAddress address;
        Node       *object = lfirst(cell1);
        Relation    relation = NULL;
        Oid         namespaceId;
 
        /* Get an ObjectAddress for the object. */
        address = get_object_address(stmt->removeType,
                                     object,
                                     &relation,
                                     AccessExclusiveLock,
                                     stmt->missing_ok);
 
        /*
         * Issue NOTICE if supplied object was not found.  Note this is only
         * relevant in the missing_ok case, because otherwise
         * get_object_address would have thrown an error.
         */
        if (!OidIsValid(address.objectId))
        {
            Assert(stmt->missing_ok);
            does_not_exist_skipping(stmt->removeType, object);
            continue;
        }
 
        /*
         * Although COMMENT ON FUNCTION, SECURITY LABEL ON FUNCTION, etc. are
         * happy to operate on an aggregate as on any other function, we have
         * historically not allowed this for DROP FUNCTION.
         */
        if (stmt->removeType == OBJECT_FUNCTION)
        {
            if (get_func_prokind(address.objectId) == PROKIND_AGGREGATE)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                         errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
                                NameListToString(castNode(ObjectWithArgs, object)->objname)),
                         errhint("Use DROP AGGREGATE to drop aggregate functions.")));
        }
 
        /* Check permissions. */
        namespaceId = get_object_namespace(&address);
        if (!OidIsValid(namespaceId) ||
            !object_ownercheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceId, GetUserId()))
            check_object_ownership(GetUserId(), stmt->removeType, address,
                                   object, relation);
 
        /*
         * Make note if a temporary namespace has been accessed in this
         * transaction.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(namespaceId) && isTempNamespace(namespaceId))
            MyXactFlags |= XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE;
 
        /* Release any relcache reference count, but keep lock until commit. */
        if (relation)
            table_close(relation, NoLock);
 
        add_exact_object_address(&address, objects);
    }
 
    /* Here we really delete them. */
    performMultipleDeletions(objects, stmt->behavior, 0);
 
    free_object_addresses(objects);
}

References AccessExclusiveLock, add_exact_object_address(), Assert, castNode, check_object_ownership(), does_not_exist_skipping(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, free_object_addresses(), get_func_prokind(), get_object_address(), get_object_namespace(), GetUserId(), isTempNamespace(), lfirst, MyXactFlags, NameListToString(), new_object_addresses(), NoLock, OBJECT_FUNCTION, object_ownercheck(), ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, performMultipleDeletions(), stmt, table_close(), and XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE.

Referenced by ExecDropStmt().

RemoveOperatorById()

void RemoveOperatorById

(

Oid

operOid

)

Definition at line 413 of file operatorcmds.c.

{
    Relation    relation;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Form_pg_operator op;
 
    relation = table_open(OperatorRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(OPEROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(operOid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator %u", operOid);
    op = (Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
    /*
     * Reset links from commutator and negator, if any.  In case of a
     * self-commutator or self-negator, this means we have to re-fetch the
     * updated tuple.  (We could optimize away updates on the tuple we're
     * about to drop, but it doesn't seem worth convoluting the logic for.)
     */
    if (OidIsValid(op->oprcom) || OidIsValid(op->oprnegate))
    {
        OperatorUpd(operOid, op->oprcom, op->oprnegate, true);
        if (operOid == op->oprcom || operOid == op->oprnegate)
        {
            ReleaseSysCache(tup);
            tup = SearchSysCache1(OPEROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(operOid));
            if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
                elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for operator %u", operOid);
        }
    }
 
    CatalogTupleDelete(relation, &tup->t_self);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References CatalogTupleDelete(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, OperatorUpd(), ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by doDeletion().

RemoveStatisticsById()

void RemoveStatisticsById

(

Oid

statsOid

)

Definition at line 747 of file statscmds.c.

{
    Relation    relation;
    Relation    rel;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Form_pg_statistic_ext statext;
    Oid         relid;
 
    /*
     * Delete the pg_statistic_ext tuple.  Also send out a cache inval on the
     * associated table, so that dependent plans will be rebuilt.
     */
    relation = table_open(StatisticExtRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(statsOid));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for statistics object %u", statsOid);
 
    statext = (Form_pg_statistic_ext) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    relid = statext->stxrelid;
 
    /*
     * Delete the pg_statistic_ext_data tuples holding the actual statistical
     * data. There might be data with/without inheritance, so attempt deleting
     * both. We lock the user table first, to prevent other processes (e.g.
     * DROP STATISTICS) from removing the row concurrently.
     */
    rel = table_open(relid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
 
    RemoveStatisticsDataById(statsOid, true);
    RemoveStatisticsDataById(statsOid, false);
 
    CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(relid);
 
    CatalogTupleDelete(relation, &tup->t_self);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    /* Keep lock until the end of the transaction. */
    table_close(rel, NoLock);
 
    table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleDelete(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RemoveStatisticsDataById(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by doDeletion().

RemoveStatisticsDataById()

void RemoveStatisticsDataById	(	Oid	statsOid,
		bool	inh
	)

Definition at line 722 of file statscmds.c.

{
    Relation    relation;
    HeapTuple   tup;
 
    relation = table_open(StatisticExtDataRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache2(STATEXTDATASTXOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(statsOid),
                          BoolGetDatum(inh));
 
    /* We don't know if the data row for inh value exists. */
    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    {
        CatalogTupleDelete(relation, &tup->t_self);
 
        ReleaseSysCache(tup);
    }
 
    table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References BoolGetDatum(), CatalogTupleDelete(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache2(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by RemoveStatisticsById(), and statext_store().

RemoveTSConfigurationById()

void RemoveTSConfigurationById

(

Oid

cfgId

)

Definition at line 1108 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    Relation    relCfg,
                relMap;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    ScanKeyData skey;
    SysScanDesc scan;
 
    /* Remove the pg_ts_config entry */
    relCfg = table_open(TSConfigRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    tup = SearchSysCache1(TSCONFIGOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(cfgId));
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search dictionary %u",
             cfgId);
 
    CatalogTupleDelete(relCfg, &tup->t_self);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tup);
 
    table_close(relCfg, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /* Remove any pg_ts_config_map entries */
    relMap = table_open(TSConfigMapRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    ScanKeyInit(&skey,
                Anum_pg_ts_config_map_mapcfg,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(cfgId));
 
    scan = systable_beginscan(relMap, TSConfigMapIndexId, true,
                              NULL, 1, &skey);
 
    while (HeapTupleIsValid((tup = systable_getnext(scan))))
    {
        CatalogTupleDelete(relMap, &tup->t_self);
    }
 
    systable_endscan(scan);
 
    table_close(relMap, RowExclusiveLock);
}

References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleDelete(), elog, ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by doDeletion().

RemoveUserMapping()

Oid RemoveUserMapping

(

DropUserMappingStmt *

stmt

)

Definition at line 1324 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    ObjectAddress object;
    Oid         useId;
    Oid         umId;
    ForeignServer *srv;
    RoleSpec   *role = (RoleSpec *) stmt->user;
 
    if (role->roletype == ROLESPEC_PUBLIC)
        useId = ACL_ID_PUBLIC;
    else
    {
        useId = get_rolespec_oid(stmt->user, stmt->missing_ok);
        if (!OidIsValid(useId))
        {
            /*
             * IF EXISTS specified, role not found and not public. Notice this
             * and leave.
             */
            elog(NOTICE, "role \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
                 role->rolename);
            return InvalidOid;
        }
    }
 
    srv = GetForeignServerByName(stmt->servername, true);
 
    if (!srv)
    {
        if (!stmt->missing_ok)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("server \"%s\" does not exist",
                            stmt->servername)));
        /* IF EXISTS, just note it */
        ereport(NOTICE,
                (errmsg("server \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
                        stmt->servername)));
        return InvalidOid;
    }
 
    umId = GetSysCacheOid2(USERMAPPINGUSERSERVER, Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid,
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(useId),
                           ObjectIdGetDatum(srv->serverid));
 
    if (!OidIsValid(umId))
    {
        if (!stmt->missing_ok)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("user mapping for \"%s\" does not exist for server \"%s\"",
                            MappingUserName(useId), stmt->servername)));
 
        /* IF EXISTS specified, just note it */
        ereport(NOTICE,
                (errmsg("user mapping for \"%s\" does not exist for server \"%s\", skipping",
                        MappingUserName(useId), stmt->servername)));
        return InvalidOid;
    }
 
    user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck(useId, srv->serverid, srv->servername);
 
    /*
     * Do the deletion
     */
    object.classId = UserMappingRelationId;
    object.objectId = umId;
    object.objectSubId = 0;
 
    performDeletion(&object, DROP_CASCADE, 0);
 
    return umId;
}

References ACL_ID_PUBLIC, DROP_CASCADE, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rolespec_oid(), GetForeignServerByName(), GetSysCacheOid2, if(), InvalidOid, MappingUserName, NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, performDeletion(), RoleSpec::rolename, ROLESPEC_PUBLIC, RoleSpec::roletype, ForeignServer::serverid, ForeignServer::servername, stmt, and user_mapping_ddl_aclcheck().

Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().

ResolveOpClass()

Oid ResolveOpClass	(	const List *	opclass,
		Oid	attrType,
		const char *	accessMethodName,
		Oid	accessMethodId
	)

Definition at line 2253 of file indexcmds.c.

{
    char       *schemaname;
    char       *opcname;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_opclass opform;
    Oid         opClassId,
                opInputType;
 
    if (opclass == NIL)
    {
        /* no operator class specified, so find the default */
        opClassId = GetDefaultOpClass(attrType, accessMethodId);
        if (!OidIsValid(opClassId))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"",
                            format_type_be(attrType), accessMethodName),
                     errhint("You must specify an operator class for the index or define a default operator class for the data type.")));
        return opClassId;
    }
 
    /*
     * Specific opclass name given, so look up the opclass.
     */
 
    /* deconstruct the name list */
    DeconstructQualifiedName(opclass, &schemaname, &opcname);
 
    if (schemaname)
    {
        /* Look in specific schema only */
        Oid         namespaceId;
 
        namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(schemaname, false);
        tuple = SearchSysCache3(CLAAMNAMENSP,
                                ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodId),
                                PointerGetDatum(opcname),
                                ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
    }
    else
    {
        /* Unqualified opclass name, so search the search path */
        opClassId = OpclassnameGetOpcid(accessMethodId, opcname);
        if (!OidIsValid(opClassId))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
                            opcname, accessMethodName)));
        tuple = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opClassId));
    }
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
                        NameListToString(opclass), accessMethodName)));
 
    /*
     * Verify that the index operator class accepts this datatype.  Note we
     * will accept binary compatibility.
     */
    opform = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    opClassId = opform->oid;
    opInputType = opform->opcintype;
 
    if (!IsBinaryCoercible(attrType, opInputType))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
                        NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
 
    return opClassId;
}

References DeconstructQualifiedName(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), GetDefaultOpClass(), GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, IsBinaryCoercible(), LookupExplicitNamespace(), NameListToString(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, OpclassnameGetOpcid(), PointerGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), and SearchSysCache3().

Referenced by ComputeIndexAttrs(), and ComputePartitionAttrs().

serialize_deflist()

text* serialize_deflist

(

List *

deflist

)

Definition at line 1565 of file tsearchcmds.c.

{
    text       *result;
    StringInfoData buf;
    ListCell   *l;
 
    initStringInfo(&buf);
 
    foreach(l, deflist)
    {
        DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(l);
        char       *val = defGetString(defel);
 
        appendStringInfo(&buf, "%s = ",
                         quote_identifier(defel->defname));
 
        /*
         * If the value is a T_Integer or T_Float, emit it without quotes,
         * otherwise with quotes.  This is essential to allow correct
         * reconstruction of the node type as well as the value.
         */
        if (IsA(defel->arg, Integer) || IsA(defel->arg, Float))
            appendStringInfoString(&buf, val);
        else
        {
            /* If backslashes appear, force E syntax to quote them safely */
            if (strchr(val, '\\'))
                appendStringInfoChar(&buf, ESCAPE_STRING_SYNTAX);
            appendStringInfoChar(&buf, '\'');
            while (*val)
            {
                char        ch = *val++;
 
                if (SQL_STR_DOUBLE(ch, true))
                    appendStringInfoChar(&buf, ch);
                appendStringInfoChar(&buf, ch);
            }
            appendStringInfoChar(&buf, '\'');
        }
        if (lnext(deflist, l) != NULL)
            appendStringInfoString(&buf, ", ");
    }
 
    result = cstring_to_text_with_len(buf.data, buf.len);
    pfree(buf.data);
    return result;
}

References appendStringInfo(), appendStringInfoChar(), appendStringInfoString(), DefElem::arg, buf, cstring_to_text_with_len(), defGetString(), DefElem::defname, ESCAPE_STRING_SYNTAX, initStringInfo(), IsA, lfirst, lnext(), pfree(), quote_identifier(), SQL_STR_DOUBLE, and val.

Referenced by AlterTSDictionary(), and DefineTSDictionary().

StatisticsGetRelation()

Oid StatisticsGetRelation	(	Oid	statId,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 898 of file statscmds.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_statistic_ext stx;
    Oid         result;
 
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(statId));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    {
        if (missing_ok)
            return InvalidOid;
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for statistics object %u", statId);
    }
    stx = (Form_pg_statistic_ext) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    Assert(stx->oid == statId);
 
    result = stx->stxrelid;
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    return result;
}

References Assert, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache1().

transformGenericOptions()

Datum transformGenericOptions	(	Oid	catalogId,
		Datum	oldOptions,
		List *	options,
		Oid	fdwvalidator
	)

Definition at line 110 of file foreigncmds.c.

{
    List       *resultOptions = untransformRelOptions(oldOptions);
    ListCell   *optcell;
    Datum       result;
 
    foreach(optcell, options)
    {
        DefElem    *od = lfirst(optcell);
        ListCell   *cell;
 
        /*
         * Find the element in resultOptions.  We need this for validation in
         * all cases.
         */
        foreach(cell, resultOptions)
        {
            DefElem    *def = lfirst(cell);
 
            if (strcmp(def->defname, od->defname) == 0)
                break;
        }
 
        /*
         * It is possible to perform multiple SET/DROP actions on the same
         * option.  The standard permits this, as long as the options to be
         * added are unique.  Note that an unspecified action is taken to be
         * ADD.
         */
        switch (od->defaction)
        {
            case DEFELEM_DROP:
                if (!cell)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                             errmsg("option \"%s\" not found",
                                    od->defname)));
                resultOptions = list_delete_cell(resultOptions, cell);
                break;
 
            case DEFELEM_SET:
                if (!cell)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                             errmsg("option \"%s\" not found",
                                    od->defname)));
                lfirst(cell) = od;
                break;
 
            case DEFELEM_ADD:
            case DEFELEM_UNSPEC:
                if (cell)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                             errmsg("option \"%s\" provided more than once",
                                    od->defname)));
                resultOptions = lappend(resultOptions, od);
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized action %d on option \"%s\"",
                     (int) od->defaction, od->defname);
                break;
        }
    }
 
    result = optionListToArray(resultOptions);
 
    if (OidIsValid(fdwvalidator))
    {
        Datum       valarg = result;
 
        /*
         * Pass a null options list as an empty array, so that validators
         * don't have to be declared non-strict to handle the case.
         */
        if (DatumGetPointer(valarg) == NULL)
            valarg = PointerGetDatum(construct_empty_array(TEXTOID));
        OidFunctionCall2(fdwvalidator, valarg, ObjectIdGetDatum(catalogId));
    }
 
    return result;
}

References construct_empty_array(), DatumGetPointer(), DefElem::defaction, DEFELEM_ADD, DEFELEM_DROP, DEFELEM_SET, DEFELEM_UNSPEC, DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, lappend(), lfirst, list_delete_cell(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidFunctionCall2, OidIsValid, optionListToArray(), PointerGetDatum(), and untransformRelOptions().

Referenced by AlterForeignDataWrapper(), AlterForeignServer(), AlterUserMapping(), ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(), ATExecGenericOptions(), CreateForeignDataWrapper(), CreateForeignServer(), CreateForeignTable(), and CreateUserMapping().